

‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫)ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ(‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪۱۰۱‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪http://tec.mporg.ir‬‬

‫‪١٣٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ‪۸۲/٠٠/۱۴‬‬

 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﺒﺮﮔﻪ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼـﺎﺕ ﻓﻨـﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣـﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ /‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧـﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ -.‬ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫]ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ -.[۲‬ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪.١٣٨٢‬‬
‫‪١‬ﺝ‪) .‬ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ(‪ :‬ﻣﺼﻮﺭ‪ + ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ۴ ۳/۴‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ) -.‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ؛ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪) (١٠١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ؛‪(٨٢/٠٠/۸۹‬‬
‫‪ISBN 964-425-475-9‬‬
‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٣٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١‬ﺭﺍﻫﺴـﺎﺯﻱ – ﻣﺸﺨﺼـﺎﺕ‪ .٢ .‬ﺭﺍﻫﺴـﺎﺯﻱ – ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ .٣ .‬ﺁﺳـﻔﺎﻟﺖ – ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺏ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺝ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻭﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪TA ٣٦٨/‬‬ ‫ﺵ‪١٠١.‬‬ ‫‪١٣٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬

‫‪ISBN 964-425-475-9‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺑﻚ ‪٩٦٤-٤٢٥-٤۷۵-۹‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ »ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ«‬

‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ۵۰۰۰ :‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ‪١٣٨٢ ،‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺷﻮﻣﻴﺰ‪ ۶۰۰۰۰ :‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﮕﻮﺭ‪ ۷۰۰۰۰ :‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻠﻮ‬
‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺎﻓﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻏﻠﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺻﺪﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﮐﻮﭼﻪ ﻻﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪۲۴‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪http://tec.mporg.ir‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ‪۱۹۹۱۷ -۴۵۴۸۱‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻬــﺮﻩﮔــﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺿــﻮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌــﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠــﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣــﻲ ﻣــﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣــﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟــﺮﺍ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﻬــﺮﻩﺑــﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬــﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻃــﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧــﻲ ﺑــﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻜــﺮﺩ ﻛــﺎﻫﺶ ﻫﺰﻳــﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣــﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘــﺎﺀ ﻛﻴﻔﻴــﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘـﻲ ﻭﻳـﮋﻩ ﺑـﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈـﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ ﻓﻨـﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳـﻲ ﻃـﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧـﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻬــﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﺁﻣــﺪ ﻧﻤــﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺸــﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨــﻲ ﺑــﺎ ﺗﻮﺟــﻪ ﺑــﻪ ﻓــﻨﺎﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳــﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺁﻭﺭﻳﻬــﺎﻱ ﺻــﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘــﺎﻃﻊ ﺯﻣﺎﻧــﻲ ﻣﺨــﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣــﺮﻱ ﺿــﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘــﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳــﺮ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﺳــﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳــﺖ ﻭ ﺑــﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳــﺰﻱ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻧــﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻱ ﻭﻇـــﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴــﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧــﻲ ﻭ ﺑــﻪ ﻣــﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕــﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻣــﻲ ﺑــﺎ ﻓــﻨﺎﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳــﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤــﻴﻞ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋــﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗــﺪﺍﻡ ﺑــﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕــﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳــﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸـﺮﻳﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١٠١‬ﺑـﺎ ﻋـﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻣﺸﺨﺼـﺎﺕ ﻓﻨـﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣـﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ« ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨــﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣــﻲ ﺑــﻪ ﻣــﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺠــﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕــﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘــﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃــﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟــﺮﺍﻱ ﭘــﺮﻭﮊﻩﻫــﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴــﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺸـﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴـﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳـﺖ ﺍﺻـﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷـﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓـﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳـﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺸـﺮﻳﻪ ﺳـﻌﻲ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺗـﺎ ﻋـﻼﻭﻩ ﺑـﺮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑـﻴﺎﺕ ﺳـﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺣﻤــﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘــﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴــﻦﻧﺎﻣــﻪﻫــﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳــﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠــﻲ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﺍﺳــﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷــﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻــﻮﺭﺕ ﻋــﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺿـﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌـﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠـﻲ ﻣﺮﺗـﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿـﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻌﺘـﺒﺮ ﺑﻴـﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴـﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑـﺮﺩﻱﺗـﺮ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺸـﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺳـﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﻚ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓــﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳــﻦ ﺿــﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌــﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴــﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜــﻲ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋــﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟــﺐ ﻟــﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳــﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗــﻼﺵ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻳــﺖ ﻣﺮﮐــﺰ ﺗﺤﻘــﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻣــﻮﺯﺵ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺑــﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸـﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳـﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﻥ ﻣﺸـﺮﻭﺡ ﺯﻳـﺮ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳـﻦ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺸـﺮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﻴﺮﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻇﻔﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻲﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﺭﺩﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞﭘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺮﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺑﻬﻨﺎﺯ ﭘﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﺿﺎ ﺗﻮﺗﻮﻧﭽﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﺎﺷﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺭﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﺭﻉ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧـﺖ ﺍﻣـﻮﺭ ﻓﻨـﻲ ﺗﻮﻓـﻴﻖ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓـﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣـﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪١٣٨٢‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭ ‪-‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪١٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪٢٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪٢٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ـ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫‪٢٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ ـ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٢٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٣٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪٣٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪٣٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪٣٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٣٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬

‫‪٤٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪٤٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪٤٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫‪٤٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪٥٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٥٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪٥٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪٦٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪٦٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ -‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ‪-‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١١‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٢‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪١٣ .........................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٢‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ‪١٤ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺯﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٢‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ‪١٩ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٢‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺿﻪﻫﺎ ‪١٩ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٨-٢‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ‪٢١ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٨-٢‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ‪٢٢ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٢‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -‬ﭘﻨﺞ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣-٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤-٢‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥-٢‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦-٢‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧-٢‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ‪٣٣ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ‪٣٣ ........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ‪٣٣ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪٣٤ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪٣٤ ..................................................‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩-٢‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠-٢‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١-٢‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢-٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪ ١-٢٢-٢‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪٣٥ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢٢-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ‪٣٦ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢٢-٢‬ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ‪٣٦ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢٢-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ‪٣٦ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢٢-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪٣٧ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٢٢-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪٣٧ ........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٢٢-٢‬ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ‪٣٧ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٢٢-٢‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‪٣٨ .................................................‬‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٣‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٣‬ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺷﺶ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٣‬ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٣‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٣‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٣‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٤‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٤‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪٤٩ ................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٤‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪٥١ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢-٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪٥٩ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢-٤‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ‪٦١ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‪٦٦ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪٦٧ .................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ‪٦٧ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪٧٣ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-٤‬ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪٧٥ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٣-٤‬ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪٧٥ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٣-٤‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ‪٧٥ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٣-٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ‪٧٦ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٣-٤‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ‪٧٦ ...................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-٣-٤‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ‪٧٦ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٠-٣-٤‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪٧٩ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١١-٣-٤‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ‪٨٨ ....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٢-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‪٨٩ ..............................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٣-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‪٩٢ ..............................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﻔﺖ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ١٤-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ )ﮔﺮﻩﻫﺎ( ‪٩٣ ..............................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٥-٣-٤‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ‪٩٣ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٤‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪٩٦ .................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٤‬ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪٩٨ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٤‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١٠٠ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٤-٤‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ‪١٠٦ ..............‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٤-٤‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١١١ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٤-٤‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻢ ‪١١٤ ........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٤-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‪١١٥ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٤‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ‪١١٩ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٤‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‪١١٩ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-٤‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ‪١١٩ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٥-٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١٢٠ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٥-٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ‪١٢١ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٥-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ‪١٢٢ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٥-٤‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١٢٣ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ‪١٢٦ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪١٢٨ ...............................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪١٣٠ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٤‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-٤‬ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١٣٤ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ‪١٤٦ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ‪١٤٩ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻛﻨﺪﻩ ‪١٥٠ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ ‪١٥١ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٥٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﺸﺖ ‪-‬‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٩-٤‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪١٥٣ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٩-٤‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ‪١٥٣ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٩-٤‬ﺁﺏ ‪١٥٣ .................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٩-٤‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ‪١٥٦ ........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٩-٤‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ‪١٥٦ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٩-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١٥٦ .................................................................................‬‬

‫‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪١٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٥‬ﺳﻨﮓ ‪١٦١ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٥‬ﺁﺟﺮ ‪١٦٢ .................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢-٥‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ‪١٦٣ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢-٥‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪١٦٥ ................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢-٥‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪١٦٧ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٢-٥‬ﺁﻫﻚ ‪١٦٧ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٦٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪١-٣-٥‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪١٦٨ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٥‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺰﺍﺩﻩ ‪١٦٩ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻼﺕ ‪١٦٩ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٧٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٥‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٥‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ‪١٧٠ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪١٧٠ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٥‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ‪١٧٢ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٥‬ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪١٨٠ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٥‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎ ‪١٨١ ..................................................................‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-٥‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﺎﻕ ‪١٨٢ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٨٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٥‬ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫‪١٨٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪١٨٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺟﺮ‬

‫‪١٩١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٦‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٦‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫‪١٩٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٦‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪١٩٤ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٦‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‪١٩٥ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٦‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ‪١٩٦ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-٦‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ‪١٩٦ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪١٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٦‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪١٩٧ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٦‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪٢٠٠ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٦‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ‪٢٠٢ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٤-٦‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‪٢٠٤ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٤-٦‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‪٢٠٤ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٤-٦‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ‪٢٠٥ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٠٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٦‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪٢٠٥ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٦‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪٢٠٦ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٠٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٦‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪٢٠٦ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٦‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ‪٢٠٧ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-٦‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪٢٠٨ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-٦‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ‪٢١٠ .........................................................‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-٦‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ‪٢١٠ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-٦‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ‪٢١١ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٦-٦‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ‪٢١١ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢١١‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٦‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٢١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٦‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ١-٩-٦‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ‪٢١٣ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ‪٢١٣ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪٢١٤ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﺏ ‪٢١٥ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ‪٢١٦ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪٢١٧ .................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪٢١٧ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪٢١٩ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-٩-٦‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ‪٢٢١ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٠-٩-٦‬ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ‪٢٢٥ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١١-٩-٦‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ‪٢٢٦ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٢-٩-٦‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ‪٢٢٨ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٢٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-٦‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫‪٢٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪٢٣١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٧‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ١-١-٧‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ‪٢٣١ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١-٧‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪٢٣٢ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١-٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ‪٢٣٢ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٧‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪٢٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٧‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٧‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ‪٢٣٣ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٧‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ‪٢٣٣ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٣٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٧‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪٢٣٦ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٧‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪٢٣٨ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪٢٣٨ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬
‫‪٢٤١‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﮐﻨﺪﻩ ‪٢٤١ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ‪٢٤١ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ‪٢٤٢ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ‪٢٤٢ ............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪٢٤٢ ..................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ‪٢٤٤ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٧‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪٢٤٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٧‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪٢٥١‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫‪٢٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٨‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٨‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﮑﻪﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٢٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٨‬ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٨‬ﺑﻠﻮﻛﺎﮊ‬
‫‪٢٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٨‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪٢٥٤ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ‪٢٥٤ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﮐﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ‪٢٥٥ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ‪٢٥٥ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ‪٢٥٥ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٥-٨‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ‪٢٥٥ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٢٥٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٨‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪٢٥٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٨‬ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ )ﮔﺎﺑﻴﻮﻧﻲ(‬
‫‪ ١-٧-٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ‪٢٥٦ .........................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-٨‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ‪٢٥٧ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٧-٨‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ‪٢٥٨ ..................................................................‬‬

‫‪٢٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٢٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٩‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٩‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٩‬ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ‪٢٦١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٩‬ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﮐﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ‪٢٦٢ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٦٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٩‬ﭼﺎﻩ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢٦٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٩‬ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪٢٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٩‬ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫‪٢٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ـ ﺟﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ـ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫‪٢٦٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٠‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢٦٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٠‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٢٠‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪٢٦٧ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١٠‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺨﺖ ‪ -‬ﭼﺪﻥ ‪٢٦٨ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ‪٢٦٨ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢-١٠‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ‪٢٧١ ...........................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢-١٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ‪٢٧٢ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٧٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٠‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫‪٢٧٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٠‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٢٧٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٠‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٢٧٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١١‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢٧٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١١‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-١١‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ‪٢٧٧ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١١‬ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ‪٢٧٧ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٧٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١١‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-١١‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٢٧٨ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‪٢٧٩ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-١١‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‪٢٨٠ ....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-١١‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪٢٨٠ ............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٣-١١‬ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ‪٢٨١ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٣-١١‬ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ‪٢٨١ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪٢٨١ ...................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻭﻩﺍﻱ ‪٢٨٢ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪٢٨٢ ...........................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٠-٣-١١‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪٢٨٣ ............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١١-٣-١١‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ‪٢٨٣ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٢-٣-١١‬ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ‪٢٨٤ ......................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٣-٣-١١‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪٢٨٥ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٨٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١١‬ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-١١‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ‪٢٨٥ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-١١‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ‪٢٨٦ .............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-١١‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ‪٢٨٧ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٨٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١١‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-١١‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ‪٢٨٩ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-١١‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‪٢٩٠ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-١١‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪٢٩٣ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪٢٩٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١١‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

‫‪ -‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٢٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١١‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-١١‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٣٠١‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-١١‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪٣٠١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-١١‬ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫‪٣٠١‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-١١‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫‪٣٠١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢-١١‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٣٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪٣١١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣١١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٢‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-١٢‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪٣١٢ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١٢‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ‪٣١٧ ....................................................................‬‬

‫‪٣٣١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪٣٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٣‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-١٣‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪٣٣٣ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١٣‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ‪٣٣٨ ....................................................................‬‬

‫‪٣٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪٣٤٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٤٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪٣٥٠ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ‪٣٥٠ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪٣٥٤ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ )ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ( ‪٣٦٠ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪٣٦٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪٣٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٤‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١٤‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٣٧٥ .................................................. I‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٣٧٥ ................................................. II‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٣٧٦ ................................................ III‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٣٧٦ ............................................... IV‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ‪٣٧٦ ...............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪٣٧٧ ...................................‬‬
‫‪٣٧٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫‪٣٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫‪٣٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٥‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪٣٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪٣٨٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٥‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٨٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٥‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫‪٣٨٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١٥‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪٣٨٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١٥‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-١٥‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ‪٣٨٦ ............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-١٥‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‪٣٨٧ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪٣٨٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-١٥‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫‪٣٨٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-١٥‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٣٨٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-١٥‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٩٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-١٥‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪٣٩١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢-١٥‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٣٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬

‫‪٣٩٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٦‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٩٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٦‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪٣٩٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٦‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪٣٩٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٦‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٦‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪٣٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١٦‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٣٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١٦‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫‪٣٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-١٦‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٣٩٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-١٦‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪٣٩٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-١٦‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫‪٤٠١‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪٤٠٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤٠٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٠٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٧‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٠٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٤٠٤ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-١٧‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ‪٤٠٤ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-١٧‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤٠٥ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٤-١٧‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤٠٧ .................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٤-١٧‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ‪٤١٢ ...........................................‬‬
‫‪٤١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٤١٢ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ‪٤١٢ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪٤١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-١٧‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ‪٤١٨ ..............................................................‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﻔﺪﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-١٧‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤١٩ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-١٧‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ‪٤١٩ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-١٧‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪٤٢٠ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١٧‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٤٢٠ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-١٧‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ‪٤٢٠ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٢٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٨-١٧‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪٤٢٢ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٨-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ‪٤٢٣ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٨-١٧‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ‪٤٢٣ .............‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٨-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ‪٤٢٤ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٨-١٧‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪٤٢٩ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٨-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ‪٤٢٩ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-١٧‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫‪٤٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‬
‫‪ ١-١٠-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪٤٣٠ ...........................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٠-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪٤٣١ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٠-١٧‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ‪٤٣١ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٣١‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-١٧‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-١١-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮ‪٤٣١ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١١-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ‪٤٣٢ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١١-١٧‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ‪٤٣٢ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١١-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪٤٣٣ ..................................................‬‬

‫‪٤٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪٤٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٨‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٨‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-١٨‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ‪٤٣٨ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-١٨‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪٤٣٨ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٣٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-١٨‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٤٣٨ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤٣٩ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ‪٤٣٩ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٣٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٨‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪٤٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١٨‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-١٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٤٠ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-١٨‬ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٤١ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-١٨‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪٤٤١ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪٤٤١ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤٤٣ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٤٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٤٤٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-١٨‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪٤٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-١٨‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‪٤٤٦‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-١٨‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ١-١١-١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٤٧ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١١-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪٤٤٨ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١١-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ‪٤٤٨ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢-١٨‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ ١-١٢-١٨‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪٤٤٨ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٢-١٨‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ‪٤٤٩ ........................................‬‬
‫‪٤٥١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣-١٨‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ ١-١٣-١٨‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪٤٥١ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٣-١٨‬ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﺁﺏ ‪٤٥١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٣-١٨‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ‪٤٥١ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٣-١٨‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻴﺮ‪٤٥٢ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٥-١٣-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ‪٤٥٢ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-١٣-١٨‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ‪٤٥٢ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-١٣-١٨‬ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ‪٤٥٢ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-١٣-١٨‬ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ‪٤٥٢ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-١٣-١٨‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ‪٤٥٢ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤-١٨‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ ١-١٤-١٨‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ‪٤٥٤ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٤-١٨‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ‪٤٥٥ ..............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٤-١٨‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ‪٤٥٩ ....................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٥٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥-١٨‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٤٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦-١٨‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-١٦-١٨‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ‪٤٦٠ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٦-١٨‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪٤٦٠ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧-١٨‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-١٧-١٨‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪٤٦١ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٧-١٨‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ‪٤٦١ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٧-١٨‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪٤٦١ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٧-١٨‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪٤٦٢ ...............................................‬‬

‫‪٤٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫‪٤٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١-١٩‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-١٩‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-١٩‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ‪٤٦٨ .........................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١٩‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤٧٠ ..........................‬‬
‫‪٤٧١‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-١٩‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-١٩‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ‪٤٧١ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-١٩‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ‪٤٧١ ..............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-١٩‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٧١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-١٩‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ‪٤٧٢ ....................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٣-١٩‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ‪٤٧٢ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٧٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-١٩‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪٤٧٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-١٩‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٤٧٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-١٩‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤٧٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-١٩‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٧٤ ................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ‪٤٧٤ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٧-١٩‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ‪٤٧٤ ......................................................................‬‬

‫‪٤٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪٤٧٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢٠‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤٧٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٢٠‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ )ﺗﻮﭘﻜﺎ(‪٤٧٩ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٢٠‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ‪٤٨٠ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢-٢٠‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ‪٤٨٠ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٤٨١ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ‪٤٨١ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٨١‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢٠‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪٤٨٤ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٢٠‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪٤٨٥ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٢٠‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ‪٤٨٩ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٩٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢٠‬ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٩٠ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٢٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٩١ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٢٠‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪٤٩١ ...............................................‬‬
‫‪٤٩٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٢٠‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٢٠‬ﻫﺪﻑ ‪٤٩٢ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٠‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ‪٤٩٣ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٩٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪٤٩٣ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ‪٤٩٤ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-٢٠‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ‪٤٩٤ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٩٤ ..........................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-٢٠‬ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ‪٤٩٦ ...............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-٢٠‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪٤٩٧ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٦-٢٠‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪٤٩٧ ............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٤٩٧ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤٩٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٢٠‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-٢٠‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ‪٤٩٩ ............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-٢٠‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪٥٠١ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٧-٢٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ‪٥٠٢ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٧-٢٠‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪٥٠٢ ..............................................‬‬
‫‪٥٠٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٢٠‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٥٠٣ .................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٨-٢٠‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ ‪٥٠٧ .........................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ‪٥١١ ........................................‬‬
‫‪٥١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪٥١٤‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-٢٠‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-١٠-٢٠‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪٥١٤ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٠-٢٠‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ‪٥١٦ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥١٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪٥١٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢-٢٠‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٥١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣-٢٠‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٥١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤-٢٠‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٥١٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥-٢٠‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-١٥-٢٠‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪٥١٩ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٥-٢٠‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ‪٥١٩ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٥-٢٠‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ‪٥٢١ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٢٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪٥٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ‪٥٢٤ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ‪٥٢٥ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ‪٥٢٦ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٢٦‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨-٢٠‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-١٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪٥٢٧ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪٥٢٨ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ‪٥٢٩ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٨-٢٠‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‪٥٢٩ ............................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-١٨-٢٠‬ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ‪٥٣٠ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٣١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩-٢٠‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٥٣١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠-٢٠‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٢٠-٢٠‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ‪٥٣١ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢٠-٢٠‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٥٣٢ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢٠-٢٠‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪٥٣٢ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٣٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١-٢٠‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪٥٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢-٢٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٢٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪٥٣٣ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ‪٥٣٣ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢٢-٢٠‬ﻗﻴﺮ‪٥٣٤ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢٢-٢٠‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٥٣٤ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢٢-٢٠‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪٥٣٥ .....................................‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٥٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٥٣٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢١‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٥٣٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢١‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪٥٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢١‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪٥٤١‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢١‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٥٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٢١‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٥٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٢١‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫‪٥٤٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٢١‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٥٤٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٢١‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٥٤٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٢١‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٥٤٦‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-٢١‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫‪٥٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪٥٥١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٥٥١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢٢‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٥٥٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢٢‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪٥٥٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٢٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ‪٥٥٢ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٢٢‬ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ )ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ( ‪٥٥٤ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٢٢‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ( ‪٥٥٤ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٤-٢٢‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻻﻏﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪٥٥٦ ...................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٥٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٢٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ ‪٥٥٦ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٢‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪٥٥٦ ......................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪٥٥٧ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٥-٢٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ‪٥٥٨ ................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٥٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ‪-‬‬

‫‪٥٥٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٢٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-٢٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ‪٥٥٩ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-٢٢‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‪٥٦٠ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٧-٢٢‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‪٥٦٠ ......................................................................‬‬

‫‪٥٦١‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪٥٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ١-١-٢٣‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٥٦٣ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١-٢٣‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ‪٥٦٣ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١-٢٣‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ‪٥٦٤ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١-٢٣‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ‪٥٦٤ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-١-٢٣‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪٥٦٤ .................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٦٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢٣‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٢٣‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪٥٦٧ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٢٣‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ‪٥٦٨ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٢-٢٣‬ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ‪٥٦٩ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢-٢٣‬ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ‪٥٧٣ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٢-٢٣‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ‪٥٧٣ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٧٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٥٧٤ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٢٣‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪٥٧٥ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٢٣‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ‪٥٧٥ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-٢٣‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ‪٥٧٥ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٣-٢٣‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ‪٥٧٨ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٣-٢٣‬ﻟﻘﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ‪٥٨٢ ...................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٣-٢٣‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‪٥٨٣ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٣-٢٣‬ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ ‪٥٨٤ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-٣-٢٣‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ‪٥٨٤ .........................................‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ‪-‬‬

‫‪٥٨٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢٣‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٥٨٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٢٣‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٥٨٥ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٣‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪٥٨٧ ......................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ‪٥٩١ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٩٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٢٣‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٥٩٨ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٢٣‬ﭼﺎﻟﺰﻧﻲ ‪٥٩٨ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-٢٣‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ‪٥٩٩ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-٢٣‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ‪٥٩٩ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-٢٣‬ﭘﻴﺶﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ‪٦٠١ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-٢٣‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ‪٦٠١ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٦-٢٣‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ‪٦٠٣ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٠٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٢٣‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫‪ ١-٧-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦٠٣ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-٢٣‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪٦٠٤ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٧-٢٣‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ‪٦٠٥ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٧-٢٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪٦٠٦ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٠٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٢٣‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٨-٢٣‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‪٦٠٧ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٨-٢٣‬ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪٦٠٧ .........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٨-٢٣‬ﺳﺮﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪٦٠٧ .........................................................................‬‬

‫‪٦٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪٦١١‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٦١١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢٤‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٦١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٢٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪٦١٢ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٢٤‬ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪٦١٢ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪٦١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٢٤‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ‪٦١٣ ....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٢٤‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ‪٦١٤ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٢٤‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪٦١٤ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٤-٢٤‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ‪٦١٤ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٤-٢٤‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ‪٦١٥ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٤-٢٤‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪٦١٥ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٤-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪٦١٥ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٤-٢٤‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ‪٦١٦ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪٦١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٥-٢٤‬ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦١٦ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٤‬ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ‪٦١٦ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-٢٤‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ‪٦١٧ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٥-٢٤‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ‪٦١٧ .......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٥-٢٤‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ‪٦١٨ ............................................................‬‬
‫‪٦١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٦-٢٤‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٦-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦١٨ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺮ ‪٦١٩ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪٦١٩ ............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ ‪٦٢٠ ............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ‪٦٢٠ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭ ‪٦٢٠ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﺎ ‪٦٢١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-٦-٢٤‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪٦٢١ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-٦-٢٤‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ‪٦٢٢ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١٠-٦-٢٤‬ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ‪٦٢٢ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ١١-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪٦٢٣ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٧-٢٤‬ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ‪-‬‬

‫‪٦٢٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٨-٢٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٨-٢٤‬ﺻﺪﺍ ‪٦٢٤ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٨-٢٤‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ‪٦٢٦ ...................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٨-٢٤‬ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ‪٦٢٦ .......................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٨-٢٤‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ‪٦٢٧ ......................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٨-٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ‪٦٢٩ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٩-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ ١-٩-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦٢٩ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٩-٢٤‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ‪٦٣٠ ..........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٩-٢٤‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ‪٦٣٢ ..................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٩-٢٤‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ‪٦٣٤ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٩-٢٤‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٦٣٥ .................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٣٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ١-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦٣٨ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٠-٢٤‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ‪٦٣٨ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٠-٢٤‬ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ ‪٦٣٨ ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٠-٢٤‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ‪٦٤٠ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ‪٦٤١ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪٦٤٢ ....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ‪٦٤٣ ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١١-٢٤‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪ ١-١١-٢٤‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪٦٤٥ ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١١-٢٤‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ‪٦٤٥ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١١-٢٤‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ‪٦٤٥ ..................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٤٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢-٢٤‬ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫‪٦٤٩‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-١٣-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦٤٩ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٣-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ‪٦٥٠ .................................‬‬
‫‪٦٥٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺖ ‪-‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٤-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦٥٢ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٤-٢٤‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ‪٦٥٢ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٤-٢٤‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ‪٦٥٣ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٤-٢٤‬ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ‪٦٥٤ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٥-١٤-٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ‪٦٥٤ ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٦-١٤-٢٤‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪٦٥٥ .....................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٧-١٤-٢٤‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ‪٦٥٥ .....................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٨-١٤-٢٤‬ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ‪٦٥٥ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٩-١٤-٢٤‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺍﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ‪٦٥٦ ..................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٥٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥-٢٤‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ ١-١٥-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪٦٥٨ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٢-١٥-٢٤‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ‪٦٥٨ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٣-١٥-٢٤‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ‪٦٥٩ ........................................................‬‬
‫‪ ٤-١٥-٢٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ‪٦٥٩ ...............................................‬‬
‫‪٦٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦-٢٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫‪٦٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٦٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١-٢٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٦٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٦٦٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٣-٢٥‬ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ‪-‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪٢١٧‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪١-٦‬‬

‫‪٢١٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٢-٦‬‬
‫‪٢١٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٣-٦‬‬
‫‪٢١٩‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٤-٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٥-٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٦-٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٧-٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٨-٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٩-٦‬‬
‫‪٣٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١١‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٢-١١‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ‪ D60‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٣٠٣‬‬
‫‪٣٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٣-١١‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٣٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٤-١١‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪٣٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٥-١١‬ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻴﭗ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪٣٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٦-١١‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫‪٣٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٧-١١‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫‪٣٢١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪٣٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‪٣٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٢-١٥‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ RC-250‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪٤٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﺔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٤٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ‪-‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٤‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٤‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٤‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪φ1‬‬
‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪φ2‬‬
‫‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪φ‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ )ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ( ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ١٩‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ١٤-٤‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻛﻞ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٥-٤‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٦-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٧-٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٨-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٩-٤‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٠-٤‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٢-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٣-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٤-٤‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫‪١٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٥-٤‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫‪١٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٦-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺟﺮ‬
‫‪١٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٥‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫‪١٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٥‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫‪١٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫‪١٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٥‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪١٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٥‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫‪١٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٦‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫‪٢٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٧‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٢٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪٢٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٢٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٣١٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪٣١٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﻫﻚ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪(M216‬‬
‫‪٣٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪٣٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‬
‫‪٣٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٣٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ‪-‬‬

‫‪٣٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٦١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪٣٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪٣٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪٣٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪٣٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-١٤‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٣٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٤‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٣٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪٣٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٦‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪٤٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪٤٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٧‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪٤٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪٤٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪٤١٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٧‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٤١١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫‪٤١٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪٤١٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٤١٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-١٧‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٤١٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٤١٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
‫‪٤٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-١٧‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
‫‪٤٢١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-١٧‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٤٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٨‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ‪-‬‬

‫‪٤٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻳﻢ‬
‫‪٤٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ‬
‫‪٤٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٩‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪٤٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٩‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪٤٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٤٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫‪٤٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪٤٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪٤٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
‫‪٤٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺘﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٤٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٤٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬
‫‪٤٩١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٢٠‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫‪٤٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ‪D1559‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٤٩٦‬‬ ‫‪D5581‬‬
‫‪٤٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪٤٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪٥٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٢٠‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٥٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٤-٢٠‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪٥٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٥-٢٠‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫‪٥٤١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٥٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢١‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٥٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٣‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫‪٦٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫‪٦٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٤‬ﺣﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٦٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪٦٧١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٦٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪٦٧٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫‪٦٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٦٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪٦٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫‪٦٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬
‫‪٦٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪٦٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٦٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪٦٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪٧٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ‪-‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﺮﻭ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺷﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻣﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻚﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ )ﻭﻳﺴﻜﻮﺯﻳﺘﻪ( ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ )ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ )ﺳﻴﻞﻛﺖ(‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻞﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻛﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻞ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﻊﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺮﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ )ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ )ﺳﺎﺏﮔﺮﻳﺪ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﺶ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ %٢‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ %١/٥‬ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ %٣‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ %٢‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ‪ %٢/٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %٥‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺧﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ )ﺑﻴﻦ( ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢‬ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﭘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺠﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻄﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺨﻜﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻜﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﭽﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﭼﭙﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻐﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﺍﺭﻋﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ١‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Subgrade‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﻮﺗﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻍ ‪ -‬ﻗﻠﻤﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﻙ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻟﻄﻤﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭼﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ ﭼﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﻻﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻫﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺷﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺯﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﻼ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺯﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﻱﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻪﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺣﻖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺯﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﻩﻛﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪ ٥-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﻮﻩﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﺨﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﺍﻩ )ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲﻫﺎ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٢‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬
‫ﭖ ‪ -‬ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٢‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺿﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺿﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺿﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ‪ A-1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ A-7‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ M-145‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ A7 ،A6 ،A5‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ‪ -‬ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﭽﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T267‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﮔﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ )ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ‪ (NaCl -‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﭻ )‪ (CaSO4‬ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١/٥٥‬ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٨-٢‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ‪ A5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ A7‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻛﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻻﻳﻪﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﻼﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٨-٢‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٨-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻄﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Earth Fills‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻖ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﻄﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-٨-٢‬ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﭽﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ، ٢‬ﺷﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ )ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ( ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٢-٨-٢‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Rock Fills‬‬

‫‪2. Marl‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻜﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻜﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ٢٥ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻜﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٨-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﮕﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪ ٩-٢‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪١-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﭼﻪﺑﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﻄﻚﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ‪ ٢‬ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Cohesive Soil‬‬

‫‪2. Expansive Soil‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ?‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫‪%‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪١/٥ - ٤‬‬ ‫‪٢٥ – ٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪١/٥‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬
‫? ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T273‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪) T-180‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ ،D‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،٤‬ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪١٩‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D 4718‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T224‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Soil Suction‬‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪٦-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ‪ T-191‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ‪ A3 ،A2 ،A1‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ T145‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ‪ A7 ،A6 ،A5 ،A4‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ T145‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬

‫‪٨-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ،T-180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ ،D‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢-٢‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ( ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٢-٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻩ – ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ‪ -‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻭ‬
‫‪ ٨٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٩٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪٩-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ‪ EV2‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪ T221‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T222‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ‪ VSS‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻲﺭﻏﻢ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،٢-٢‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫‪١١-٩-٢‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١١-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻛﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٢-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٣-٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‪ ١‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫‪d 60‬‬
‫= ‪Cu‬‬
‫‪d10‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ d 60‬ﻭ ‪ d10‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪Cu‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪ ١٥‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬

‫‪1. Coefficient of Uniformity, Cu‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٤-٢‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻲﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-١٤-٢‬‬

‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ‪ %٩٥‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١٤-٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١٤-٢‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-١٤-٢‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬

‫‪ ١٥-٢‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ )ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (١٦١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫)ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ‪ (١٩٦‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﮊﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﮊﺋﻮﻟﻮﮊﻳﻜﻲ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٦-٢‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٧-٢‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫‪1. Sub-grade‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫)ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ‪ A1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ A7‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ،٧-٢‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢‬ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺭﻥ ﻳﺎ ﮔﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٨-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-١٨-٢‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٩-٢‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻚﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢٠-٢‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢١-٢‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢٢-٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢٢-٢‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ‬
‫‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢٢-٢‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٧٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ‪ ٧٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢٢-٢‬ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ‪ VSS‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢٢-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٢٢-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﭼﭗ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٢٢-٢‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٢٢-٢‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٢٢-٢‬ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٢٢-٢‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮒ‬
‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﭘﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫‪١-٢-٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ )ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٣‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٢-٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬

‫‪٤-٢-٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٢-٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ )ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ (٦‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣‬ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫‪١-٣-٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻫﻢﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ )ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ (٦‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Undisturbed‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٣-٣-٣‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﮔﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﭘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٣-٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻼﻏﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٣-٣‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻼﻏﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪١-٤-٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٤-٣‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﭘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ﭼﺎﻫﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﻜﺸﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺑﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٤-٣‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻫﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٤-٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ ﭘﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﮔﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٤-٣‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺑﻜﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺑﻜﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣‬ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١-٥-٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﭘﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٢-٥-٣‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﺏﺑﺴﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﻮﺏﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٣‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﻞ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٣‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻲﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ )ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ( ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٣‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ )ﺁﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٤‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٤‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١-٢-٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ‪ASTM C150‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ‪ASTM C595‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ‪ASTM C595‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪٤٢٢٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٥ ،٤ ،٣ ،٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪١-١-١-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪٢-١-١-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣-١-١-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪٤-١-١-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬ ‫‪٥-١-١-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪٦-١-١-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٢-٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٢-٤‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٤-١-٢-٤‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ١/٨‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-١-٢-٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٤‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢-٤‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ )ﺷﻦ(‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ )ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،(٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻦ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٤‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻟﻮﺱﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ )‪ C136‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (ASTM C535‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM C88‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍ‪ ١‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻘﻲ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ‪ASTM C295‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ‪ASTM C289‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ ‪ASTM C1260 , ASTM C227‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Reactive‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٠/٢٥‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C142‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫?‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ‬
‫‪C851,C235‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ ??‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬
‫†‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C117‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥) ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻟﻴﮕﻨﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺒﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C123‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺯﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ـــ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎ‬
‫††‪٠/٤‬‬ ‫‪BS 1377‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ )‪(SO3 ‬‬
‫†††‬
‫‪٠/٠٢‬‬ ‫‪BS 1881,812‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ )‪(Cl‬‬
‫? ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫?? ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﻴﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﻴﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ )ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ( ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﭘﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٣٥‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺣﺎﻛﻢﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫† ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬

‫†† ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ SO3 ‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ‪ SO3 ‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫††† ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٤‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‪ ١‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ BS 812‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٢٥ ،٣٧/٥‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫‪1. Flaky & Elongated Particles‬‬

‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٤‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪(M92‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫)ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬ ‫) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫)‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫)‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 2 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫† ‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫† ‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫† ‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫)ﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫)‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪(M92‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫)ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬ ‫) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫)‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫)‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫) ‪ 2 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫)‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫† ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٨‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٢-٤‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ )ﻣﺎﺳﻪ(‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ )ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٤‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ ASTM C88‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C142‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥) ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C117‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫?‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﮕﻨﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺒﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C123‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫ـــ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺎ‬
‫‪٠/٤‬‬ ‫??‬
‫‪BS 1377‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ )‪(SO3 ‬‬
‫† ‪٠/٠٤‬‬ ‫‪BS812 , 1881‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ )‪(Cl‬‬
‫? ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪٤/٧٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫?? ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ SO3 ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ‪ SO3 ‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫† ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T21‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T71‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T176‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٤‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٤‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٨٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٥٠ - ٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٢٥ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢ - ١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ‪ ١‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٠/٢‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻭ ‪٤/٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٨‬ﻭ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (١٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫)ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٣٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٠/١٥ ،(٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،(١٠٠‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٣‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣/١‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Finess Modulous‬‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪ »ﺕ« ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٢-٢-٤‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٤‬ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٣-٢-٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٣-٢-٤‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-٢-٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٢-٣-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥-٢-٣-٢-٤‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪١-٢-٣-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٧‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪٢-٢-٣-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM C109‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻘﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫)ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ(‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫‪٢٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪D1888‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ASTM‬‬
‫‪٢٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‪D1881‬‬
‫‪٣٥٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫?‬
‫‪٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫? ‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪D512‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫)‪(Cl‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪١٠٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫? ‪١٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫??‬
‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪D514‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪SO4 ‬‬
‫‪ASTM‬‬
‫‪٦٠٠‬‬ ‫‪Na2O + 0.658 K2O‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪D1067‬‬
‫? ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫?? ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ SO3 ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ‪ SO3 ‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ASTM C191‬‬ ‫‪٣-٢-٣-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM C151‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪٤-٢-٣-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻘﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪٥-٢-٣-٢-٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٣-٢-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ PH‬ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨/٥‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٢-٢-٣-٢-٤‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥-٢-٣-٢-٤‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ PH‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T26‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٤‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٢-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٢-٤‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٢-٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٤-٢-٤‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫‪1. Chemical Admixtures‬‬

‫‪2. Air Entraining Agents‬‬
‫‪3. Bleeding‬‬
‫‪4. Water Reducing Admixures‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﺏ‪ ١‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM C494‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM C494‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTM C494‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM D98‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ٤‬ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻤﭙﺎﮊ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺗﹰﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻼ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM C1017‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. High Range Water Reducing‬‬

‫‪2. Retarder‬‬
‫‪3. Accelerating Admixtures‬‬
‫‪4. Flownig Concrete Admixtrue‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺳﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺪﻳﺨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٦-٤‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-٢-٤‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻧﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Mineral Admixtures‬‬

‫‪2. Inert Additions and Pigments‬‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻧﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻋﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﻡ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ٣‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Pozzolan‬‬
‫‪2. Natural Pozzolan‬‬
‫‪3. Natural Calcined Pozzolan‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ASTM C618‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ASTM C1240‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪ ASTM C989‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٦-٤‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Fly Ash‬‬

‫‪2. Silica Fume‬‬
‫‪3. Latent Hydrayulic Additions‬‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٣-٤‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ )ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻩ )ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﮔﺮﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٣-٤‬ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٤‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ )‪(١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ )‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ )‪(٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺍﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ )‪(٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ )‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪PH‬‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺛﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻧﻲ )‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ( )‪(٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻠﺮ ‪ Cl‬ﻭ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ‪ SO3 ‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٣-٤‬ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﻴﻢﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﭘﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٣-٤‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٣-٤‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻫﻢﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫‪ ٧٨٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﻼﻙ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﻡ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٣٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١٦‬ﻭ ‪ ١٢‬ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٨‬ﻭ ‪ ٦‬ﻭ ‪٥‬‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٣-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ ٠/٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪f su ≥ 1.18 f y .obs‬‬
‫‪f su ≥ 1.25 f y‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = f su‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪ = f y‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪ = f y .obs‬ﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ(‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٣-٤‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪S220‬‬ ‫‪S300‬‬ ‫‪S350‬‬ ‫‪S400‬‬ ‫‪S500‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ S‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٣-٤‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺗﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٣-٤‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ )ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ‪ ١-٣-٣-٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٥-٣-٤‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ƒym ≥ ƒy = 0.6 S10‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ ƒym‬ﻭ ‪ S10‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪f y1 + f y2 + ....... + f y10 Σf yi‬‬
‫= ‪fym‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪, i = 1‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪∑(f ym − f yi)2‬‬
‫= ‪S10‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪, i = 1‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = fym‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ١٠‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
‫‪ = S10‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ١٠‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٤‬ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-١٠-٣-٤‬ﭖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٤‬ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٣-٤‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٣-٤‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٣-٤‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٢٠٠٠٠٠‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٣-٤‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ١*١٠-٥‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٣-٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٣-٣-٤‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٣-٤‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮕﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٣-٤‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٩-٣-٤‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٢-٩-٣-٤‬ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺧﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻢﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻜﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٦-٩-٣-٤‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻙﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٩-٣-٤‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﮔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٣-٣-٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٨-٣-٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٩-٣-٤‬ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻴﻢﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ )ﻗﻼﺏ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ‪١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤db‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ‪ db‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٢db‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )ﭼﻨﮕﻚ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨db‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٦db‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٢db‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )ﭼﻨﮕﻚ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٦db‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻴﻤﺪﺍﻳﺮﻩ )‪١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤db‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٩-٣-٤‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻢ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻓﻠﻜﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻢ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٦-٩-٣-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ S400‬ﻭ ‪S500‬‬ ‫‪ S300‬ﻭ ‪S350‬‬ ‫‪S220‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٦ db‬‬ ‫‪٥ db‬‬ ‫‪٥ db‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٨ db‬‬ ‫‪٦ db‬‬ ‫‪٥ db‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫?‬
‫‪١٠ db‬‬ ‫‪١٠ db‬‬ ‫‪٧ db‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫? ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ S400‬ﻭ ‪S500‬‬ ‫‪ S300‬ﻭ ‪S350‬‬ ‫‪S220‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤ db‬‬ ‫‪٤ db‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥ db‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤db‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٧‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٢db‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨db‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻩ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤db‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-٣-٤‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪ ٣-٣-٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٠-٣-٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ±٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ±١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ±٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٠ -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ‪ ±٣٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺧﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ±٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ±٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺍﺯ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ–‪ ١‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻘﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺿﻌﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ )ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ( ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺵﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٠-٣-٤‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ )ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ )ﺁﺑﺎ( ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٠-٣-٤‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ )ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻭ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻢﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ )ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ(‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺫﻭﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩ )ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪ ١٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺫﻭﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺫﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٦‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٨٤‬‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺩﻭﺭﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٨‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٦-١٠-٣-٤‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ٢٥ -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ١/٣٣ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﮓ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪١/٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﭼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ٣ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١٠-٣-٤‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ،٤‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻞ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١٠-٣-٤‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٩-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻘﻔﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٩-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ )ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٧-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺝ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‪،‬‬
‫‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ‪ PH‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺷﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ ‪ PH‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ،٥‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ‪ PH‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬

‫?‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﭘﻠﻴﺴﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫? ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C35‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ C40‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ )ﻧﻘﺶﺩﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻀﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﭙﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١١-٣-٤‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١١-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ٦‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﻘﺐﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٢-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١٢-٣-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٢-١٢-٣-٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٣-١٢-٣-٤‬ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﺑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٢-٣-٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺭﭼﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﺳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫ‪:‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٢-٣-٤‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪-١‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ ١٠ -٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١٢ -١‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻀﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٦ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٠ -٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﻴﺒﻪ ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-١٢-٣-٤‬ﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١٣-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١٣-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١٣-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١٣-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﭽﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-١٣-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-١٣-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٤-٣-٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ )ﮔﺮﻩﻫﺎ(‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١٤-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١٤-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٥-٣-٤‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١٥-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ٣-١٥-٣-٤‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١٥-٣-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-١٥-٣-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٩٤‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٥-٣-٤‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪٠/٠٠٢‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S220‬ﻭ ‪ S300‬ﻭ ‪S350‬‬
‫‪٠/٠٠١٨‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S400‬ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪٠/٠٠١٥‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S500‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ α‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ α‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪α = 1/3-0/3h‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = α‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫‪ = h‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ‪ ، As min‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪As min = 2800 mm 2 / m‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S220‬ﻭ ‪ S300‬ﻭ ‪S350‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S400‬ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫(‬
‫‪As min = 2500 mm 2 / m‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪As min‬‬ ‫‪= 2100(mm‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪/ m‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S500‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٤-١٥-٣-٤‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٥-٣-٤‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺪﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1/6d c S‬‬
‫= ‪Ab‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = Ab‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻚ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ = d c‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ = S‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٩٦‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٤‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٤‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٤-٤‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٤-٤-٤‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ١٥٠*٣٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪a×2a‬‬

‫= ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪φ1‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φ1‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ a‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-٤‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪φ1‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ‪a×2a‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠*٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠*٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠*٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠*٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠*٦٠٠‬‬

‫‪φ1‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٢‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٧‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩١‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪b‬‬
‫= ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪φ2‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φ2‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ b‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٤‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪φ2‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ‪b‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬

‫‪φ2‬‬ ‫‪١/١٠‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫= ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪φ‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φ‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪١٢-٤‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٩٨‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪φ‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪≤ ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ )‪(Mpa‬‬
‫‪φ‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١/١٧‬‬ ‫‪١/١٤‬‬ ‫‪١/١٣‬‬ ‫‪١/١١‬‬ ‫‪١/١٠‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ )‪(Mpa‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٥‬‬

‫‪٤-١-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ASTM C172‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪ASTM C31‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ASTM C39‬‬

‫‪٥-١-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-١-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٤‬ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٢-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٤‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٤-٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ )ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ( ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ١٩‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬
‫‪٠-٢٥‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺳﻔﺖ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪٢٥-٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻢ )ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ(‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪٥٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﺷﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ" ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫‪١٠٠-١٧٥‬‬ ‫?‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ )ﺭﻭﺍﻥ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫? ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ" ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٤‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٤-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬

‫ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻼﺡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻢﻗﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻜﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﻛﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩﺳﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺟﺪﻱﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٤-٤‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٤-٤‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪ ASTM C173‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ASTM C231‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٥-٤‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٠٢‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ١٤-٤‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻛﻞ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٩/٥‬‬
‫‪٥/٥‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٥‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪١٩/٠‬‬
‫‪٤/٥‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٢٥/٠‬‬
‫‪٤/٥‬‬ ‫‪٥/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬
‫? ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ‪١/٥‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٥-٤‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫)ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ(‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪٠/٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ ﻭ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٤٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٤‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻟﺒﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٦-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٧-٤‬ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺩﻩﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٣-٤-٤‬ﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٩-١٠-٣-٤‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ SO3‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١-٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٨-٤‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٠٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٦-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺗﺮ ﻭ‬
‫‪٣٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٧-٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪SO4 ‬‬
‫?‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ‪،SO4 ‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ‪ppm‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ٠/١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،II‬ﻭ ﻳﺎﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫‪١٥٠ - ١٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/١ - ٠/٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫)‪،IP(MS‬‬
‫)‪IS(MS‬‬
‫‪٠/٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪V‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠٠ - ١٠٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢ - ٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ،V‬ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪٠/٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪١٠٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫? ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫?? ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ‪ II ،I‬ﻭ‪ V‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺪﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫)ﺗﻴﭗ ﺩﻭ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺪﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻱ )ﺗﻴﭗ ﭘﻨﺞ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٨-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ(‬
‫‪٠/٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٠/١٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫‪١/٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٠/٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٠٦‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٤‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٤-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-٤-٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٤-٤‬ﺭﺩﻩﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺭﺩﻩﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪C6 C8 C10 C12 C16 C20 C25 C30 C40 C45 C50‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ C‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C16‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C12‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C50‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C12‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C25‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٩-٤‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻼﻙ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ C30‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫»ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ« ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٩-٤‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪١٥٠ - ١٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٧٨‬‬ ‫‪٠/٤٧‬‬ ‫‪٤٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١/٥ - ٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١٤٠ - ١٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٧٨‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥٣‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢-٣‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٣٠ - ١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٨٣‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥٣‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥ - ٣/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٣٠ - ١٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥ - ٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٨٨‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥٣‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢-٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١٢٥ - ١٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥ - ٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٣‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥٣‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤-٧‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪١٢٥ - ١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥ - ٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٧‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥٣‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤-٦‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪١٢٠ - ١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥ - ٥‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٥‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥٣‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٦/٥ - ١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٠٨‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٤-٤‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ )‪ (fc‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٤-٤-٤‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٠-٤‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠-٤‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫?‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١/١٦‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪١/٠٨‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪١/٠٣‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪١/٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫? ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٤-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )‪ (fcm‬ﻻﺯﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٤-٤-٤‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f cm = f c + 1/34 S + 1/5 Mpa (N/mm2‬‬
‫) ‪f cm = f c + 2/33 S + 4 Mpa (N/mm2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ‪ S‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٣-٤-٤-٤‬ﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢١-٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ٥-٤-٤-٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢١-٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫‪fcm = fc + 6‬‬ ‫‪ C12‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬
‫‪fcm = fc + 7.5‬‬ ‫‪C16‬‬
‫‪fcm = fc + 8.5‬‬ ‫‪C20‬‬
‫‪fcm = fc + 9.5‬‬ ‫‪C25‬‬
‫‪fcm = fc + 10.5‬‬ ‫‪ C30‬ﻭ ‪C35‬‬

‫‪fcm = fc + 11‬‬ ‫‪ C40‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬

‫‪ ٥-٤-٤-٤‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١١٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢‬ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ±٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺏﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ±٠/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪،ASTM C192‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻦ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٤-٤‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٤-٤‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٤-٤-٤‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٤-٤-٤‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٤-٤‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٤-٤-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٤-٤‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٤-٤‬ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻦ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١١٢‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٦‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٤-٤‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻳﺎ ‪ fc‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪X1,2,3 ≥ fc‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ‪ X‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ‪ X min‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻱ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪X ≥ f c + 1/5‬‬
‫‪X min ≥ f c − 4‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ X min < f c − 4‬ﻳﺎ ‪X < f c‬‬
‫‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ –‪ ٢‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻃﺮﺍﺡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٦-٤-٤‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٤-٤‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM C31‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٠/٨٥‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮕﺎﻝ )ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٤-٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻋﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٥-٤-٤‬ﻭ ‪ (٣-٥-٤-٤‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻋﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١١٤‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٤-٤‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪٥-٤-٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٦-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٦-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٦-٤-٤‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٦-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١-٦-٤-٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٢-٦-٤-٤‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ASTM C42‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٥-٤-٤‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٦-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻏﺮﻗﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٦-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪٠/٨٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٧٥‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٦-٤-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-٦-٤-٤‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٤-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٢-٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٢-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-٤-٤‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻟﻘﻞ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ‪،٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٩‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ‪ ١٠‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٤‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٤‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ±٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ±٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٤‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ )ﺗﺮﻣﻲ( ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٤-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٤-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪ ASTM C94‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٤-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ »ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ« ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ‪٢-٤-٥-٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫‪٤-٤-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٥-٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٥-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٥-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٥-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ ٠/٣٣ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺰﮔﻮﺷﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢٢‬‬

‫ﻼ ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻮﺷﻪ‬
‫ﺏ‪ ٠/٤٠ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٦-٥-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪٦-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠-٦-٥-٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٥-٤‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١–٧-٥-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺰﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢٤‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-٥-٤‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ )ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ(‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-٥-٤‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٣-٤‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٣-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫??‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫?‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫‪T + 10‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٥ ،٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ 80‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪T + 10‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ 140‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪ ١٠‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪T + 10‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫? ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺧﻮﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ )ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ )ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺪ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫?? ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ‪ T‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٧-٥-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٥-٤-٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺦ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺦ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪٧-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ،٧-٥-٤‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-١-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺂﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٣-٤‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫)ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (١-٦-٤‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪٣-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٨-٤‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻤﻜﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ )ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ( ‪ ٠/٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٣-٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬

‫‪١٠-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺷﺒﻪﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٢-٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻼﺡ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،٩-٤‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٥-٢-٦-٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٧-١-٦-٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٩-١-٦-٤‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٦-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٦-٤‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٦-٤‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ )ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ (٣‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻦ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٣٢‬‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﺒﺎﺏﺯﺍ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٦-٤‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٤-٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٦-٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻳﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٤-٤‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٢٤-٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١١‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٦-٣-٦-٤‬ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٤-٤‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪ ٩٠٠‬ﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪١٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪-١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪ -١٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪-١‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪-١٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫? ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ -٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٣-٦-٤‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٣٤‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٣-٦-٤‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢٤‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٤‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫‪ ١-٧-٤‬ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١-٧-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺘﹰﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺷﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ١‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Tendon‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٣٦‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻢ‪ ١‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‪ ٣‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ٤‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻏﻼﻑ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٧-٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﭗ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ASTM‬ﻳﺎ ‪ BS‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Wire‬‬
‫‪2. Strand‬‬
‫‪3. Bar‬‬
‫‪4. Cable‬‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T244‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﻱ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M204‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ‪ M204‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٦٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ )ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ‪ ٠/٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ‬
‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M204‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ‪ ١‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪ ASTM E328‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ٢٠±٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ ٧٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ‬
‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬

‫‪1. Relaxation‬‬
‫‪2. Low Relaxation‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٣٨‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M203‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ١٧٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٢٧٠‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٣/٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M275‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ‪ M275‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﭘﺨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﺗﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪١٠٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ )ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ٠/٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ‪ ٠/٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ I‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ II‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫‪١٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻏﻼﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻏﻼﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻼﻑ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ BS4447‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ I‬ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٠/٤٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٧٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺘﺮﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٧-٤‬ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬

‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﺍﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١-٧-٤‬ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ±٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺷﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪١٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١-٧-٤‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺳﻨﺞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٦-١-٧-٤‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺶﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻜﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٤٢‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻛﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١-٧-٤‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫‪١٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺤﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻛﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻛﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ‪ -‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٤٤‬‬

‫ﺧﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٨-١-٧-٤‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-١-٧-٤‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١-٧-٤‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-١-٧-٤‬ﺙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٨-١-٧-٤‬ﭖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻼ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﺷﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺷﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٤٦‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻫﺮ ﻏﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺩﻛﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫»ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﺸﻚ« ﻭ »ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺮ« ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٥-٤‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Shotcrete‬‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٥-٤‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠ - ٩٥‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٣/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٨٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٥٠ - ٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٢٥ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٣٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٨ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢ - ١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﺸﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺵ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻝ )ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ( ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﻮﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٤٨‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٧-٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ٠/٣٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٥-٤‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﻨﺪﮔﻲ‪) ١‬ﺭﻳﺰﺵ(‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻝ )ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ( ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Rebound‬‬
‫‪١٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٧-٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﺗﺮﻣﻲ( ﻳﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﺗﺮﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٤٥‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٧٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ ٤٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ( ﺗﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٣٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺳﻔﺖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺁﺏﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٧-٤‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻛﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨‬ﺍﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Preplaced Aggregate Concrete‬‬

‫‪١٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٧-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٧-٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٧-٤‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺧﻼﺀ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ‬

‫‪1. Vacuum Dewatering Concrete‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٥٢‬‬

‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﻮﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺧﻼﺀ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺧﻼﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٦-٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ ‪ ٩-٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٩-٤‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٩-٤‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٩-٤‬ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪١٥٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٦-٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﭘﻮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ـ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻗﺖ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺏﺳﻨﺞ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻗﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ )ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٥٦‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٩-٤‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٢-٤‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٩-٤‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ )ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ( ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺗﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٣-٣-٤‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٢ ،١‬ﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-١-٧-٤‬ﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٩-٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٥-٤-٤‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻲ ‪ -‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪١٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺁﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٥‬ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﮔﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﮔﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﮔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ (T96‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ١‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T103‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM C17‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Freezing and Thawing‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٦٢‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺻﺮﻓﻪﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٥‬ﺁﺟﺮ‬

‫ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺟﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺟﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻭ ﮔﭽﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺟﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻟﻮﺋﻚ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺝ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﺠﻮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺟﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺁﺟﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ ،T32‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﮔﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻮﺵ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺏﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٥‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺟﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪ ٥‬ﺁﺟﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬

‫‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻮﺵ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪٠/٨٨‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ =‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻮﺵ‬

‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٥‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻼ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.65 B ≥ ∑ b‬‬ ‫‪0.65 A ≥ ∑ a‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٦٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٣٩*٣٠*١٩‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٣٩*٢٠*١٩‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ٣٩*١٠*١٩‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢٠ ،٣٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﻱ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ±١/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ±٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،١:٤‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ‪ ٠/١٧‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٢١‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٢١‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٢١‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٧٠‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٥‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢-٥‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٥‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺁﺟﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٣-٥‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٥‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٥-٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٦-٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٦٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٥‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٧٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٤٠ - ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ T113‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ T113‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻢﺭﻧﮕﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪ T21‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ T104‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ T176‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١/٦ - ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ M6‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٠/٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ASTM C91‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ T21‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﺗﻴﺮﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T71‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٩٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Finess Modulus‬‬

‫‪2. Water Retention‬‬
‫‪١٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٥‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM C91‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٢-٥‬ﺁﻫﻚ‬

‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻫﻚ )‪ (CO3Ca‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ CaO(OH)2‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺁﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺁﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻜﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻧﻴﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻴﻚ )‪ (CO2‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T218‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٦٨‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T210‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M216‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٥‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٥-٥‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T106‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٥‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫‪Kg/cm‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٨‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٤‬‬ ‫‪٣٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪٣‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٠/٩٩‬‬ ‫‪٢٨٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪II‬‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٢‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪٥‬‬ ‫‪III‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٥‬‬ ‫‪١/٠٣٣‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪٦‬‬ ‫‪IV‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻜﺮﻧﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻼﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٥‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺰﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻮﺃﻣﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺰﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ٣٠٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺎﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻪﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٥‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻼﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٥‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Bastard Mortar‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٧٠‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٥‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫_ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫_ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫_ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫_ﺳﻨﮓ ﭘﺸﺖﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫_ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫_ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ٥‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﻔﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻲﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Header‬‬
‫‪2. Stretcher‬‬
‫‪3. Throught‬‬
‫‪4. Quoin‬‬
‫‪5. Constraction‬‬
‫‪١٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٢-٥‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٢-٥‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺩﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٧٢‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٥‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺗﺮﺍﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٦-٥‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٤-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻴﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﮔﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻪ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ٥٠ ،‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ‪ ٠/٠٠٦‬ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﮔﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻒ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪1. Uncoursedl Rubble Masonary‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٧٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٥‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫)‪FA (M.AP‬‬ ‫)‪(M.PI‬‬ ‫)‪ABF (MTT‬‬ ‫)‪(CR‬‬ ‫)‪(UR‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻩ ‪ -‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ ‪ -‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻕ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ* ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻩﺍﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻩ ‪ -‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ ‪ -‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫)‪FA (M.AP‬‬ ‫)‪(M.PI‬‬ ‫)‪ABF (MTT‬‬ ‫)‪(CR‬‬ ‫)‪(UR‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺎﺋﻞ )ﭘﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ(‬
‫‬ ‫‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﺎﻣﻦ )ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ(‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ ‪ -‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ**‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺿﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫‬ ‫‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪٢‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ**‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﻧﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫? ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ‬
‫?? ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٧٦‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ )ﺑﺎﺭﺳﻨﮓ(‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٣-٤-٥‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬

‫‪1. Coursed Rubble Masonry‬‬

‫‪١٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺃﻣﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺳﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻻﺑﻪﻻﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻭ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٧٨‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٤-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ٢‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻜﺶ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٣-٤-٥‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ‪١٨‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-٥‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪1. Ashlar Block in Course Facing (M.TT‬‬

‫‪2. Hammer Dressed‬‬
‫‪١٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-٤-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻴﻢﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ١-٣-٤-٥‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻴﻢﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٣-٤-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺐ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ ٢‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Moellon Pique Masonry, M.PI‬‬

‫)‪2. Fine Ashlar Masonry, (M.AP‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٨٠‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٥‬ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ )ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺧﻴﺰ )ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺘﻴﺒﻪ )ﺗﻤﭙﺎﻥ( ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٧-٥‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻳﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﺩﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎ‪ ١‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﭖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﭙﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺎﭖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺎﻕ )ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻃﺎﻕ( ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫)ﺩﻫﻨﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ( ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ )ﺩﻫﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬

‫‪1. Abutments‬‬
‫‪١٨١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻃﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٥‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻼ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ،٨‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ ‪ ،٥‬ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻄﻲ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٧‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٦‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺎﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮔﻮﻩ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻕ ﮔﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٨٢‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٥‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٨‬ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ٦-٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٧-٢‬ﻛﻤﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ )ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ( ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻊﺫﺍﻟﻚ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻋﺮﻕ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻫﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ‪ ٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺏ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﭘﺘﻚ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫‪١٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻕ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺁﺏ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ( ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﻴﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺗﺎﮊ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٥‬ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻓﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺵ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١/٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻼﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Pointing‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٨٤‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺴﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٧٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٥‬ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺟﺮ‬

‫ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺟﺮﭼﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺴﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺟﺮﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﮒ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺟﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺟﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﺟﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻻﺭﻳﺰ )ﻧﻪ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮ( ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٨٦‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺟﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺟﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٣‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺟﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﺟﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
١٨٧ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬

Uncoursed Rubble Masonry (UR)
Moellon Brut

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬

Fine Ashlar Masonry (FA)
Moellon Dappareil
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ١٨٨

Stretcher Header
Carreau Boutisse
‫‪١٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﮔﻪ ﻛﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬

‫‪Ashlar Block in Course‬‬
‫‪Moellon‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٩٠‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻴﻢﺗﺮﺍﺵ‬

‫‪Moellon Pique‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٦‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﻊﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻤﺠﻠﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٦‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻤﻊ‬

‫‪١-٢-٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٩٤‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪ H‬ﻳﺎ ‪I‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺻﻮ ﹰ‬

‫‪٣-٢-٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺫﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٦‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM D25‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫‪١٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪١٦/٥‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ﺗﺎ ‪٢٢/٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪٢٧/٥‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٢٧/٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪ ١/٢٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺠﻲ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ %١‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٦‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﭼﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﻭ ‪ ١٥‬ﻭ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٩٦‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ ٣/٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ٠/٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ ٢٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ ٦‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ٠/٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ %٧٥‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﻧﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻛﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٦‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺘﻜﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻼﻫﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٦‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪١٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١٠‬ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﻭﺋﻮﺯﻭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ %٦٠‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ،%٤٠‬ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺮﻭﺋﻮﺯﻭﺕ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮﺱ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٦‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻡﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪١٩٨‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٦‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٦‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﹰﺎ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻟﺐﺑﻪﻟﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺐﺑﻪﻟﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ DIN 4100‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺮﻩﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻼ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻒ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ‪٤٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ‪ ٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ ١/٨‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ‪ ٤٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٦‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻼﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻼﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ‪ ١٣٦٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ )‪ ٣٠٠٠‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫‪٢٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﭼﻜﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺏ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻜﻮﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٢‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭼﻜﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﻜﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٤-٦‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻧﻲ‪) ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣/٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﺕ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬

‫‪1. Bearing Value and Penetration‬‬

‫‪٢٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺗﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZWL‬‬
‫=‪ρ‬‬
‫‪S +1‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺗﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺰﻟﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZE‬‬
‫=‪ρ‬‬
‫‪S + 0.1‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = ρ‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = W‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ = L‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ = S‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﻨﺪﮔﻲ‪ ١‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = E‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Rebound‬‬
‫‪2. Driving Block‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٤‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٦‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﺁﻻﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٤-٦‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻟﺨﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪:‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﺸﺶ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﺶ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮕﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٤-٦‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٦‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ H‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻃﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪ H‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪ H‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٦٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ‪ ،H‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM A36‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٦‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٦‬ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٦‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٦‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﭼﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﭼﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٧٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭼﺎﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٠٨‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﭘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﭘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﭼﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٦‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ )ﺗﺮﻣﻲ( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪ ١‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻪ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Slump‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢١٠‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-٦‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM A36‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ ١‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ‪ D 1.1‬ﺍﺯ ‪ AWS‬ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٦-٦‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Tapered‬‬
‫‪2. Mandrel‬‬
‫‪٢١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪ ٦-٦-٦‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻼ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٦-٦‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٦‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ٠/٠١‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭘﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢١٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥ ،٨ ،٤ ،٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻤﭗﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﭘﻤﭗﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ ١٥ ،٨ ،٤ ،٢ ،١ ،٠/٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-٦‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١-٨-٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪٢-٨-٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ١-٩-٦‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-١-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ )ﺳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ( ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻲﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢١٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪d = 2L‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ d‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪ L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٢*١٠=٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺴﺖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻴﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ )ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ( ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ )ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ( ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ I 14‬ﺗﺎ ‪ I 40‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢١٦‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﭙﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺗﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(١-٦‬‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪٢١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪١-٦‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺭﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬

‫‪١-٧-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(٢-٦‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢١٨‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٢-٦‬‬

‫‪٢-٧-٩-٦‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪ . . .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻭ ‪ . . .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(٣-٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٣-٦‬‬
‫‪٢١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻔﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٧-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ‪(٤-٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٤-٦‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٩-٦‬ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ١٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪ ١‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫‪1. Thixotrope‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٢٠‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ‪٣٥٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻘﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٥-٦‬‬

‫‪1. Foundation‬‬
‫‪٢٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪ ٩-٩-٦‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻧﺤﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٩-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٩-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٩-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٦-٦‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ‪ A‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺴﻮﻝ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ B‬ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ‪ B‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺰﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ C‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪D‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٢٢‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٦-٦‬‬

‫‪٤-٩-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(٧-٦‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (h‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (hf‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫‪ hf:h‬ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(٧-٦‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ hf‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ‪ h‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ h:hf‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(٨-٦‬‬
‫‪ D ،C ،B ،A‬ﻭ ‪ M‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٧-٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٢٤‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٨-٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪٩-٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺳﭙﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(٩-٦‬‬

‫‪٥-٩-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٩-٩-٦‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-٩-٦‬ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ( ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﺮﭘﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٢٦‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١١-٩-٦‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١١-٩-٦‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ‪ ٥٢‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡﺗﺮ )ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١١-٩-٦‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬

‫ﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٠/٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺮﻓﻪﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺟﺤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١١-٩-٦‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﺷﻤﻊﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﺯﻳﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١١-٩-٦‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ُﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١١-٩-٦‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٧٠‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٤٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٢٨‬‬

‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١/٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٢-٩-٦‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٤-٦‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-٦‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫‪٢٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٧‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١-٧‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١-١-٧‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-١-٧‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٣٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٧‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٧ ،٣-١-٧‬ﻭ ‪ ٢-٤-٧‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ )ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ( ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٧‬ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٧‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٧‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٧‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٧‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٣-٧‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﮑﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٣-٧‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺶ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٣٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻌﻞ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺮﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ ±٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻒ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٢٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ ±٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﭘﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪ ±٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻒ ﭘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪ ±١/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪ ±٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻒ ﭘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٣٦‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٣-٧‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﺛﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﮐﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﮐﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٧‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢) ٣:٢‬ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ ٣ /‬ﺍﻓﻘﻲ( ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١:١‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ )ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ( ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ )ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪٤-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﮑﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﮎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻒ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻔﭙﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ٨-١-٤-٧‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-١-٤-٧‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٣٨‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٧‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٤-٧‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﮑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺴﺐ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺎﻡﺑﻪﮔﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-٧‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٧‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻼﮎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٧‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ )ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ( ﺣﺎﮐﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪٢٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٧‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ(‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ )ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ )ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ(‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ )ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ(‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ )ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ(‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ )ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ(‬
‫? ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﮐﻬﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﺎﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٤-٧‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٤٠‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﻭﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻳﮑﺴﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ(‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﮐﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻫﺮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺩﮐﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺑﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﮐﺶ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٤٢‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ )ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻭﺯﻧﻘﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﭘﺸﺖﮐﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﺿﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٦-٧‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٦-٧‬ﻣﻠﺰﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﺰﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻠﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﺰﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻠﺰﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٦-٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٧‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٦-٧‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٥-٦-٧‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦﺁﺭﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٥-٦-٧‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٤٤‬‬

‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻼﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٦-٧‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺭﺷﻤﻴﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٧‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫‪١-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪٢-٧-٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﻓﻦ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺎﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺠﻮﻑ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﻓﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-٧-٧‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٧-٧‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٤٦‬‬

‫‪٥-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﻓﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺯﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﮐﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪٩-٧-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻃﺮﺍﺡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٩-٧-٧‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪٢-٩-٧-٧‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-٧‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪١-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻴﭗ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﮐﻮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٤٨‬‬

‫‪٤-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻼﺷﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺸﮏ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﮐﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٨-٧‬ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪١٠-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﮑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١-٨-٧‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪٢٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ـ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫‪ ١-٨‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮐﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺩﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٨‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﮑﻪﭼﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻜﻪﭼﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫)ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ( ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺸﮑﻪﭼﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺯﺍﻳﻴﮏ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮑﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٨‬ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ )ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﭼﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﮑﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﮐﺎﮊ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﮑﻪﭼﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٥٤‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٨‬ﺑﻠﻮﻛﺎﮊ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﮐﺎﮊ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪ ٠/٠٢٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﻌﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﭽﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﮑﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮑﺶﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٨‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮐﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻒ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺸﮑﻪﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺘﮏ ﻣﻲﮐﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﮐﺎﮊ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ـ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﮐﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﮐﻢ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٥-٨‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺖﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﮎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮐﺸﺸﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮑﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٥-٨‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﭘﺘﺮﻭﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Geosynthetic‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٥٦‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻴﺴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻑ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ASTM‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٨‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﭽﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٨‬ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ )ﮔﺎﺑﻴﻮﻧﻲ(‬

‫ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٧-٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ـ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫‪ ١-١-٧-٨‬ﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ BS443‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺷﺶ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٨٠*١٠٠‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠*١٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٧-٨‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-٨‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٧-٨‬ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺒﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﮑﻌﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﺶ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٧-٨‬ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﺸﮑﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﻨﺪﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻳﺎﻓﺮﺍﮔﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺷﺶ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٧-٨‬ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﮐﻴﺴﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٥٨‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-٨‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﮑﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻟﺠﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻘﺺ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎﺑﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺎﺑﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ ـ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٩‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﮐﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٩‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﮐﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٩‬ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٦٢‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮐﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٩‬ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﮐﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻦ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﻫﮏ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٩‬ﭼﺎﻩ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ )ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ( ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻩ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭼﺎﻩ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻮﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٩‬ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮐﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮐﭙﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ ـ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٩‬ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﮐﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ـ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ـ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪٢٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٠‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻃﺎﻕ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺗﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٠‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ ‪ ١-٢-١٠‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ST37-2,3‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ST52-2,3‬ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ DIN 17100‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ ASTM‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٠‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ST52-2‬‬ ‫‪ST37-2,3‬‬
‫‪٣٦٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪kg/cm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫‪٥٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٧٠٠‬‬ ‫‪kg/cm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ )ﺣﺪ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ( ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢١٠٠٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪kg/cm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٨١٠٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪kg/cm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺵ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،DIN 59200‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺸﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ DIN 1026‬ﻭ ‪ DIN 1027‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Steel Structures‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٦٨‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ ‪ ٢-٢-١٠‬ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺨﺖ ‪ -‬ﭼﺪﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ DIN 1681‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٢-١٠‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٢-١٠‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺵ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻦﺑﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﺎﻝﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Hard Steel - Cast Iron‬‬

‫‪2. Workshop Drawings‬‬
‫‪٢٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٢-١٠‬ﺧﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺧﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٢-١٠‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺦﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓﺯﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺦﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٢-١٠‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺵ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٢٨‬ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ‪ ٢‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪AWS B1.11‬‬

‫‪1. American Welding Society, AWS‬‬

‫‪2. Nondestructive Testing‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٧٠‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‪ ١‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺻﻮﺗﻲ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪ AWS D1.1‬ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪AWS D1.5‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ٠٣-٠٣‬ﭼﺎﭖ ‪ ١٩٩٩‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ ٦-٣-٢-١٠‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ )‪(H.V.‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺱ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪ DIN 6914‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ‪ HV 10.9‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎﺏ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ‪ ١٠٠٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻔﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Liquid Penetrant‬‬

‫‪2. Magnetic Particles‬‬
‫‪3. Ultrasonic‬‬
‫‪4. Radiographic‬‬
‫‪٢٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٢-١٠‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٢-١٠‬ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ١‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ٠/٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪١٦٠٠٠ - ١٨٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﮔﭻ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Sand Blast‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٧٢‬‬

‫‪ ۲-۴-۲-۱۰‬ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ١SSPC‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﮑﺎﮎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﻧﮓﺁﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ۵-۲-۱۰‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۱-۵-۲-۱۰‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺗﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ۳‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ‪ ٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮐﺸﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻤﺶ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪1. Structural Steel Painting Council‬‬

‫‪2. Random Sampling‬‬
‫‪٢٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻤﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻟﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ ۲-۵-۲-۱۰‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺷﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -۱‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۲۰‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ -۲‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۵۰‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺐﺑﻪﻟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ۱۰۰ -۳‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺐﺑﻪﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺐﺑﻪﻟﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٠‬ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻫﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٧٤‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٠‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﮎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ )‪ R 90/15‬ﻭ ‪ (R 85/25‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ ۶۰-۷۰‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺯﺧﻤﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﭘﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻳﻘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٠‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻼ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻃﺎﻕ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ١-١١‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١١‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ١-٢-١١‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﭙﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻓﹰﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١١‬ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١-١١‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﻭﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Drainage‬‬
‫‪2. Surface Drainage‬‬
‫‪3. Subsurface Drainage‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٧٨‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ‪ ،١‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١١‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-١١‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪1. Seepage Surface‬‬

‫‪٢٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﺍﺭﻋﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﻭ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻒ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﻳﺾﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﮐﻒ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ )ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٠/٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ‪ ٠/٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﮐﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٨٠‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻜﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-١١‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ )ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ( ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﻭﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-١١‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Median‬‬
‫‪٢٨١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-١١‬ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٣-١١‬ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ‪) M170-86‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ( ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪) M86-87‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﻴﻢﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٨٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻭﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻭﻩﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ )ﺩﺭﺟﺎ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٣-١١‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻭﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M206-89‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 207M-89‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻀﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M218‬‬ ‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Corrugated‬‬
‫‪٢٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ١٠-٣-١١‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ٩٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻒ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻦ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ( ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻛﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﺯﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻲﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١١-٣-١١‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻒ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﮑﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﮏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫‪1. Open Joint‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٨٤‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺍﮐﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﺎﻫﮏ ﻭ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٢-٣-١١‬ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ )ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ( ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻮﺧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﮐﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﮐﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮐﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ١٣-٣-١١‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻔﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺸﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١١‬ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ )ﺳﻔﺎﻝ ـ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﺪﺍﺭ( ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﻭﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٤-١١‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺯﻫﺸﮑﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Geotextile‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٨٦‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-١١‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺮ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ‪ ١‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺭﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ٢‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Drain Material‬‬

‫‪2. Perch Water‬‬
‫‪٢٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-١١‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ‬

‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﮐﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺣﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻒ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١/٢‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ( ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ( ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻳﮏ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-١١‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‪ ٣‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﮐﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧/٥‬‬

‫‪1. Interception Drain‬‬

‫‪2. Drain Rock‬‬
‫‪3. One – Size Grade‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٨٨‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١١‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﮑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﮑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪١‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ 3 -‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ 1 -‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ 3 -‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٤‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪١٦‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٧٩٠ - ١٠٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١١٠٠ - ١٣١٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٧٥ - ١٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠٠ - ٢٤٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ /‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٣٥‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﮐﻢ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ٥-١١‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺩﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٥-١١‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺁﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺶ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ‬

‫‪1. Aggregates‬‬
‫‪2. Geotextiles‬‬
‫‪3. Underdrain – Pipes and Collectors‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٩٠‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻭﺍﮐﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﮑﻢ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﮑﺸﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﺮﺑﻨﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-١١‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٥-١١‬ﮐﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺳﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻲﭘﺮﻭﭘﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺷﺎﻙ ﻛﻪ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٥-١١‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﺸﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‪ ١‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٣٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪.(٥٠‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪ ٠ - ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٤‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Apparent – Openning Size‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٩٢‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،k1‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪ k1‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪k2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪k1 ≥ k2‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪k1 ≥ 10k2‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺯ‪ ١‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﻭﻟﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺳﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻣﻴﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M288‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪1. Percent Open Area‬‬

‫‪٢٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M288‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-١١‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻼﺡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 36-90‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 65-89‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 175-89‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 176-87‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 178-87‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 179-84‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 196-90‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 197-88‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪M 252-90‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٩٤‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-١١‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺩﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﺸﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺫﻳ ﹰ‬
‫‪ F‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‪ B ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ‪ D85 ،D60 ،D50 ،D15 ،D10‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫‪D15 F‬‬

‫‪>4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫‪D15 B‬‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪D15 F‬‬
‫‪≤5‬‬
‫‪D85 B‬‬
‫‪D50 F‬‬
‫‪≤ 25‬‬
‫‪D50 B‬‬
‫‪D15 F‬‬
‫‪≤ 20‬‬
‫‪D15 B‬‬
‫‪٢٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٣-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪D15 F‬‬ ‫‪ ،١ CU‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ ‫=‬

‫‪D60‬‬
‫‪< 1.5‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫‪D85 B‬‬ ‫‪D10‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-١١‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٦‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢-٦-١١‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪D15 F‬‬ ‫‪ ، CU‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ ‫=‬

‫‪D60‬‬
‫‪>4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫‪D15 B‬‬ ‫‪D10‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-١١‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪D85 F‬‬
‫≥ ‪1.4‬‬ ‫‪≥ 1.2‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬
‫‪D85 F‬‬
‫≥ ‪1.2‬‬ ‫‪≥1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬

‫‪٦-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Coefficient of Uniformity‬‬

‫‪2. Segregation‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٩٦‬‬

‫‪٨-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-١١‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪= D85 F‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫‪D50 F‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫=‪Α‬‬
‫‪D50 B‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١١‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢-١١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪A‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫‪٩/٥‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫‪١٣/٥‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫‪١٣/٥‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫‪١٩/٥‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬

‫‪٩-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١-٦-١١‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٨-٦-١١‬ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١٠-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ‪ ١‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ‪ Cu‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫= ‪CC‬‬
‫‪(D30 )2‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫‪D10 × D60‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢-١١‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ D60‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺗﹰﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٦١-١١‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ ٨-٦-١١‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ‪ D60‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٠/٠٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 0.05-0.10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١-٦-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١١‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Coefficient of Curvature‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٢٩٨‬‬

‫‪١-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺮﻡﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺠﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻲﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ‪ ٩٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٥-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺱ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٧-١١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١١‬ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫‪١-٨-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﻤﺎﻕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﻤﺎﻕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٨-١١‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٨-١١‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٨-١١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ٩-١١‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺁﺟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-١١‬ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١١-١١‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٢-١١‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٣-١١‬ﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ٧-١١‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٠٢‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١١‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٣٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٢-١١‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ‪ D60‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٠٤‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٣-١١‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ(‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪٣٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٤-١١‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﭖ‪ -‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﺯﻳﺮﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٠٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٥-١١‬ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻴﭗ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪٣٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٦-١١‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﻣﻴﺦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٠٨‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٧-١١‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٦٠-٧٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٢٥-٣٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪٣١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٢‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Granular Subbase‬‬

‫‪2. Lime Treated Soil‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣١٢‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-١٢‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١-٢-١٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T27‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪٠/٠٧٥‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٤٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫‪III‬‬ ‫‪II‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١/٥‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥-٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥-٩٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٥-٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠-٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٣٥-٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥-٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٢٥-٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٨-٤٨‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥-٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠‬‬
‫‪١٥-٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤-٢٨‬‬ ‫‪١٥-٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٨-٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٤٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤٠‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪٥-١٢‬‬ ‫‪٥-١٢‬‬ ‫‪٥-١٢‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٢‬‬ ‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫? ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٣‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‪ T90 ،‬ﻭ ‪ ،T89‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T176‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ ( T96‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ١‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D 1883‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻩ‪ :١‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ( ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،١-١٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻩ‪ :٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٢٠٠‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٢-١٢‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻧﺪ ﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻱ ﻭ ﻟﺠﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪T2‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-١-٢-١٢‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪1. CBR‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣١٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٢-١٢‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١-٢-١٢‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ‪ ±١/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪ ٥-١-٢-١٢‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪١٢‬ﺗﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ )ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺤﺮﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-١-٢-١٢‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T191‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﺪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪ D‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣١٦‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١-٢-١٢‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ )ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ(‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١-٢-١٢‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-١-٢-١٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-١٢‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢-١٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﹰﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ )ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ( ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢-١٢‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣١٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٢-١٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ ٢/٥‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T87‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ ،(T88‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T90‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ (T89‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T220‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ٣/٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ )ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻫﻚ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٢-١٢‬ﺁﻫﻚ‬

‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪ T218‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T219‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٢-١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﻫﻚ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪(M216‬‬

‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻫﻚ‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ‪Ca(OH)2‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪CaO‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪H2O‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٧٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻫﻚ )ﺍﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺝ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ـ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٢٠‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٢-١٢‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‪T220 :‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٥٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪ %٥٥‬ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ A‬ﺧﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ V‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٤/٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ( ﻛﻪ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ )‪(PI‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪40‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ )‪(PI‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٢‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T180‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٢٢‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٢-٢-١٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-١-٢-١٢‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٢-٢-١٢‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪٣٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻼ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T232‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣٣٠-٥٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻦ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٢٢٠٠‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺁﺏ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺛﺮﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭّﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﻚﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ )ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ( ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭّﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺩﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭّﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٢٦‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫)ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺨﻢﺯﻧﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﻢﺯﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭّﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T180‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ‪ -١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٩٠-١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٦٠ (٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﭼﻪﺑﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺥﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ ٠/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T191‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T180‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T99‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ( ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٢٨‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٢-٢-١٢‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٠/٥-١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٢-٢-١٢‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٠/٧-١‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٢-٢-١٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٣-٢-٢-١٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻣﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ )ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪٦-٢-٢-١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫»ﺏ« ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T232‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺁﻫﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T191‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T180‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪٣٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٣‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ )ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-١٣‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١-٢-١٣‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٣‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٣٤‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T89‬ﻭ ‪ ، T90‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٢٥‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T176‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٤٠‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻼﻙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T96‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٤٥‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T104‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪%١٢‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D1883‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫‪ T180‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٨٠‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ BS812‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٣٥‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٢٠٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٣‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٢-١٣‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T2‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-١-٢-١٣‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫‪III‬‬ ‫‪II‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥ - ٩٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٠ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ٩٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪٥٠ - ٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٥ - ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٣٥ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٢٥ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٤٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٢ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬

‫‪١٥ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٨ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٤٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤٠‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪٠ -٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫? ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٢-١٣‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻼ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ‬

‫ﻼ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١-٢-١٣‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٣٦‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١-٢-١٣‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬

‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪ ٦-١-٢-١٣‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ ،T191‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺻﺪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T180‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ D‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺨﻢﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺎﻛﺰﻳﻤﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١-٢-١٣‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ(‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١-٢-١٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-١-٢-١٣‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ١-١-٢-١٣‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٣٨‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-١٣‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢-١٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢-١٣‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ )ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ( ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻻﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺒﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T27‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٣‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪(M92‬‬
‫‪II‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٣‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 2 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪٣٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٣٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM C535‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T104‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ(‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻜﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻜﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٤٠‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T27‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٣-١٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T89‬ﻭ ‪ ، T90‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ (T176‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪(M92‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٢-١٣‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٢-١٣‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٣-١٣‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٢٠٠‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٢-١٣‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤‬ﮔﺬﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٤٢‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٢-٢-١٣‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﻪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ –١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺰﺵ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻩ ﺗﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺳﻪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫‪٣٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٢-٢-١٣‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٣‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ )ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯﺟﺎﺭﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٤٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٨-٢-٢-١٣‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٢-٢-١٣‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-٢-٢-١٣‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ‪ E‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ (T222‬ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ ٧٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ )ﻗﻄﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ E‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١١-٢-٢-١٣‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٢-٢-٢-١٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٣-٢-٢-١٣‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ١٠-٢-٢-١٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ‪ E‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪٣٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪﻛﺮﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ‪ ١‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﹰﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ٢‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‪ ٣‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Tar‬‬
‫‪2. Natural Asphalt‬‬
‫‪3. Petroleum Asphalt‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﺀ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٧٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻭ ﺁﺑﮕﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺗﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﮊﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ‪ ٣‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ DIN 52012‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Asphalt Cement‬‬

‫‪2. Blown Asphalt‬‬
‫‪3. Frass Breaking Test‬‬
‫‪٣٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ‪ R٨٥/٢٥‬ﻭ ‪ R٩٠/١٥‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ R١١٠/١٠‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ١٥ ،٢٥‬ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ ٩٠ ، ٨٥‬ﻭ ‪ ١١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٥٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪٢٠٠-٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٥٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪T49‬‬ ‫‪D5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ )‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪١٧٦‬‬ ‫‪٢١٨‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٢‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٢‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٢‬‬ ‫‪T48‬‬ ‫‪D92‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪T51‬‬ ‫‪D113‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪T44‬‬ ‫‪D2042‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫‪T53‬‬ ‫‪D36‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫‪٣٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪٢٠٠-٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٥٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ ١٦٣ ˚C‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪١/٥‬‬ ‫‪١/٣‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠/٨‬‬ ‫‪٠/٨‬‬ ‫‪T179‬‬ ‫‪D1754‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫‪T49‬‬ ‫‪D5‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪T51‬‬ ‫‪D113‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ١٧٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻒ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ‪ D140‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ T40‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٥٤‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ١-٣-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ RC -٨٠٠ ، RC -٢٥٠ ، RC -٧٠‬ﻭ ‪RC -٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺻﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٣-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٦٠٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﺍﺳﺘﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٤-١٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Liquid Asphalt‬‬

‫‪2. Rapid Curing‬‬
‫‪3. Asphalt Cement‬‬
‫‪٣٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٣-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Medium Curing‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٥٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪RC-٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪RC-٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪RC-٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪RC-٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٦٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٦٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪T201‬‬ ‫‪D2170‬‬ ‫)‪(cst‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺻﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ‪٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪T79‬‬ ‫‪D3143‬‬ ‫‪˚C‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ(‬
‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪T55‬‬ ‫‪D95‬‬ ‫‪%‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺁﺏ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٩٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪T78‬‬ ‫‪D402‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪٣٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٣١٥‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ‪٣٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫?‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺩ) ‪ 1‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪T99‬‬ ‫‪D5‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪T51‬‬ ‫‪D113‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪T74‬‬ ‫‪D2042‬‬ ‫ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ )‪(%‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D140‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T40‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫? ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﭘﻮﺁﺯ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ )‪ (ASTM D2171‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٤٠٠‬ﭘﻮﺁﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٥٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪MC-٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪MC-٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪MC-٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪MC-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪MC-٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٦٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٦٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪T201‬‬ ‫‪D2170‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺻﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ‪(cst) ٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫‪T79‬‬ ‫‪D3143‬‬ ‫‪˚C‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ(‬
‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٢‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪T55‬‬ ‫‪D95‬‬ ‫‪%‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺁﺏ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٥ ˚C‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪T78‬‬ ‫‪D402‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٨٧‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣١٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪٣٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ‪٣٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫?‬
‫(‬‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺩ) ‪1‬‬
‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪T49‬‬ ‫‪D5‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪T51‬‬ ‫‪D113‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪T44‬‬ ‫‪D2042‬‬ ‫ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ )‪(%‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D140‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T40‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫? ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﭘﻮﺁﺯ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ )‪ (ASTM D2171‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١٢٠٠‬ﭘﻮﺁﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪SC-٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪SC-٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪SC-٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪SC-٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪٦٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٦٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪T201‬‬ ‫‪D2170‬‬ ‫)‪(cst‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ‪٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬ ‫‪T79‬‬ ‫‪D3143‬‬ ‫‪˚C٠‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ(‬
‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪T55‬‬ ‫‪D95‬‬ ‫‪%‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪T78‬‬ ‫‪D402‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪٣٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪T201‬‬ ‫‪D2170‬‬ ‫)‪(cst‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪٦٠ ˚C‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪T56‬‬ ‫‪D243‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪T51‬‬ ‫‪D113‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪T44‬‬ ‫‪D2042‬‬ ‫ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ )‪(%‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D140‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T40‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٦٠‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ )ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ(‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺳﺎﺯ‪ ،٢‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٠/٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺯﻳﺴﺖﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺻﺮﻓﻪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻥﺳﺎﺯ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ( ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Emulsified Asphalt‬‬

‫‪2. Emulsifier‬‬
‫‪٣٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١-٤-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻼﺡ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٤‬ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪SS‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ‪MS‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ ‪RS‬‬
‫‪SS-١‬‬ ‫‪MS -١‬‬ ‫‪RS -١‬‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬ ‫‪MS -٢‬‬ ‫‪RS -٢‬‬
‫‪MS -٢h‬‬ ‫‪HFRS -٢‬‬
‫‪HFMS -١‬‬
‫‪HFMS -٢‬‬
‫‪HFMS -٢h‬‬
‫‪HFMS -٢s‬‬

‫ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ٢HF‬ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ‪ h‬ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺳﻔﺖﺗﺮ)ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ‪ s‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ‪ HFMS -٢s‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٤‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Anionic Emulsions‬‬

‫‪2. High Float‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٦٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٤‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬ ‫‪SS-١‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢s‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-١‬‬ ‫‪MS-٢h MS-٢‬‬ ‫‪MS-١‬‬ ‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫?‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪١٠٠ ٢٠ ١٠٠ ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪- ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪- ١٠٠ ١٠٠ ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠ ٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺗﻲ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪) ٢٥ ˚C‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠ ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺗﻲ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﻝ ‪) ٥٠ ˚C‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺷﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺷﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/١ -‬‬ ‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/١ -‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١ -‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١ -‬‬ ‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/١ -‬‬ ‫‪./١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ† ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٣ -‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ‪%‬‬
‫‪٣٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬ ‫‪SS-١‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢s‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-١‬‬ ‫‪MS-٢h MS-٢‬‬ ‫‪MS-١‬‬ ‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫?‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪٩٠ ٤٠ ٢٠٠ ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ ٤٠ ٢٠٠ ١٠٠ ٢٠٠ ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠ ١٠٠ ٢٠٠ ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‪ 1 -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ – ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫‪- ٩٧/٥ - ٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪- ٩٧/٥ - ٩٧/٥ - ٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪- ٩٧/٥ - ٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ‪%-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‡ ‪ -‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫? ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ D244‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T59‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D140‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T40‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫† ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D139‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T50‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٦٤‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٤-٣-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٤‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٤‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪CSS‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ‪CMS‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ ‪CRS‬‬
‫‪CSS-١‬‬ ‫‪CMS-١‬‬ ‫‪CRS-١‬‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬ ‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬ ‫‪CRS-٢‬‬

‫ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ C :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ h‬ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-١٤‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﮕﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Cationic Emulsions‬‬

‫‪٣٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-١٤‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻛﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٤‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٤‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ ‪ ٦-١٤‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫‪1. Asphalt Additives‬‬

‫‪2. Modifier‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٦٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫?‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬ ‫‪CSS-١‬‬ ‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬ ‫‪CMS-٢‬‬ ‫‪CRS -٢‬‬ ‫‪CRS-١‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪) ٢٥ ˚C‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪) ٥٠٠˚C‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪D244‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠/ ١‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ† )‪) -(%‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ) ‪ 1‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٧/٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪٣٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫? ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ‪ D244‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T59‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D140‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T40‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫† ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٦٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-١٤‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪200 120 85‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢s‬‬

‫‪MC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬

‫‪HFMS-١‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬

‫‪RC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬

‫‪RC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪RC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪SC-٢٥٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٣٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢h‬‬
‫‪CRS-٢‬‬
‫‪CSS-١‬‬

‫‪CR-s1‬‬

‫‪RC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬

‫‪SC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢‬‬

‫‪MS-١‬‬

‫‪RS-٢‬‬
‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫‪SS-١‬‬

‫‪300 150 100‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٣٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪200 120 85‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢s‬‬

‫‪MC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬

‫‪HFMS-١‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬

‫‪RC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬

‫‪RC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪RC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪SC-٢٥٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٣٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢h‬‬
‫‪CRS-٢‬‬
‫‪CSS-١‬‬

‫‪CR-s1‬‬

‫‪RC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬

‫‪SC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢‬‬

‫‪MS-١‬‬

‫‪RS-٢‬‬
‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫‪SS-١‬‬

‫‪300 150 100‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫     ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻱ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫   ‬ ‫   ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٧٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪200 120 85‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢s‬‬

‫‪MC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬

‫‪HFMS-١‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬

‫‪RC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬

‫‪RC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪RC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪SC-٢٥٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٣٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢h‬‬
‫‪CRS-٢‬‬
‫‪CSS-١‬‬

‫‪CR-s1‬‬

‫‪RC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬

‫‪SC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢‬‬

‫‪MS-١‬‬

‫‪RS-٢‬‬
‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫‪SS-١‬‬

‫‪300 150 100‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫   ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ‬
‫‪٣٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪200 120 85‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢s‬‬

‫‪MC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬

‫‪HFMS-١‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬

‫‪RC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬

‫‪RC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪RC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢‬‬

‫‪SC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪SC-٢٥٠‬‬

‫‪MC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MC-٣٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢h‬‬
‫‪CRS-٢‬‬
‫‪CSS-١‬‬

‫‪CR-s1‬‬

‫‪RC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪SS-١h‬‬

‫‪SC-٧٠‬‬
‫‪MS-٢‬‬

‫‪MS-١‬‬

‫‪RS-٢‬‬
‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫‪SS-١‬‬

‫‪300 150 100‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻢ ‪Fogseal‬‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﭻﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫   ‬ ‫   ‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٧٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٤‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪١٥٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥-١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠-١٦٣‬‬ ‫‪٤٠/٥٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪١٣٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥-١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠-١٦٣‬‬ ‫‪٦٠/٧٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪١٤٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥-١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٦٣‬‬ ‫‪٨٥/١٠٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪١٤٥+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥-١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠/٢٠٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪١٥٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥-١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١١٥-١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠/٣٠٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٢٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪RS-١‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪RS-٢‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪MS-١‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪MS-٢‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪MS-٢h‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-١‬‬
‫‪٣٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪HFMS-٢s‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪SS-١‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪SS-١h‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪CRS-١‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪CRS-٢‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪CMS-٢‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪CSS-١‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪CSS-١h‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٧٤‬‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪٣٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪MC-٣٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫‪٥٠+‬‬ ‫‪٢٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪RC-MC-SC-٧٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪٧٥+‬‬ ‫‪٤٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٥-٨٠‬‬ ‫‪RC-MC-SC-٢٥٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪٩٥+‬‬ ‫‪٥٥+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٧٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪RC-MC-SC-٨٠٠‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪١١٠+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٨٠-١١٥‬‬ ‫‪RC-MC-SC-٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪٣٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ٦‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪I‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ ﺑﻮﺗﺎﺩﻳﻦ )‪ ، ١(SB‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ ﺑﻮﺗﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ )‪ ٢(SBS‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ D5976‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ I-D ، I-C ، I-B ، I-A‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪II‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ ﺑﻮﺗﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﺮ )‪ ، ٣(SBR‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﻠﻲﻛﻠﺮﻭﭘﺮﻥ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ D5840‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ II-D ، II-C ، II-B ، II-A‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Styrene Butadiene Block Copolymer‬‬

‫‪2. Styrene.Butadiene Styrene Block Copolymer‬‬
‫‪3. Styrene Butadiene Rubber Latex‬‬
‫‪4. Polychloroperene‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٧٦‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪III‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﺍﺗﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺕ )‪ ١(EVA‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ D5841‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ III-A‬ﺗﺎ ‪ III-E‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪IV‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ ﺑﻮﺗﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ D5892‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ IV-A‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ IV-F‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬ ‫‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ‪ ٤‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ D6114‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ I‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ III‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻛﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ ١٠٠ :‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٨‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Ethyl Vinyl Acetate‬‬

‫‪2. Non Crosslinked Styrene Butadiene Styrene‬‬
‫‪3. Asphalt. Rubber Binders‬‬
‫‪4. Ground Recycled Tire‬‬
‫‪5. Fiber‬‬
‫‪٣٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ١/١٥±٠/٠٥‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٦-٦-١٤‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 6154D‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
‫‪ ١٤٠-١٨٥‬ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ‪ ٣٥-٦٥‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١٤‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Chemical Stabilizer‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬
‫‪٣٨١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺝ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٥‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Prime Coat‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٨٢‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪%‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‡‬
‫‪٥٠+‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ‪RC-70‬‬
‫‡‬
‫‪٧٥+‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ‪RC-250‬‬
‫‡‬
‫‪٥٠+‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ‪MC-70‬‬
‫‡‬
‫‪٧٥+‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ‪MC-250‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫?†‬
‫‪١٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪SS-1,SS-1h‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫?†‬
‫‪١٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪CSS-1,CSS-1h‬‬

‫‪ %‬ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٦-١٥‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫? ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫† ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫‡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٣-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ MC-70‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ RC-70‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ MC-70‬ﻭ ‪ MC-250‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٣-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ‪ MC-70‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ RC-70‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪٣٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ MC-250‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ RC-70‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٣-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ )ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ MC-250‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٣-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٥‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٤-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٤-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٠/٦-١/٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٨٤‬‬

‫‪٣-٤-١٥‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٥‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-١٥‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ ١-١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ،١-١٥‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٢٠-١٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﺍﺳﺘﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٢-١٥‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ RC-250‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ‪ MC30‬ﻭ ‪MC70‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٨‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ MC250‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٦٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٣٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻳﺎﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺶﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٥‬ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٨٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ٢-١٥‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ RC-250‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬

‫ ‪ ٧-١٥‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‬

‫‪ ١-٧-١٥‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-١٥‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٨٨‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺫ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻳﺦ ﻧﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪MQ‬‬
‫=‪V‬‬
‫‪WA‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ -Q‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ -M‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪ -W‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -A‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪٣٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫ ‪ ٨-١٥‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻼ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٩-١٥‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-١٥‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٧-١٥‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ± ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٩٠‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻛﻢﻗﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻣﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١١-١٥‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﭽﺴﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ )ﭘﺮﻳﻢﻛﺖ(‬

‫ ‪ ١٢-١٥‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪ ASTM D2995‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬
‫‪٣٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٦‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٦‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٦‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٦‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١-١٦‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٣-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٦‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Tack Coat‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٩٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٦‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪%‬‬
‫‪٢٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩ ﺷﻜﻦ ‪RS-1‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ‪MS-1,HFMS-1‬‬
‫†‬
‫‪١٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪SS-1,SS-1h‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪%‬‬
‫‪٢٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ ‪CRS-1‬‬
‫‪٢٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ‪CMS-2‬‬
‫†‬
‫‪١٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪CSS-1,CSS-1h‬‬
‫‡‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‡‬
‫‪٥٠+‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ‪RC-70‬‬
‫‡‬
‫‪٧٥+‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ‪RC-250‬‬

‫‪ %‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫? ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫† ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫‡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ٦-١٥‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬

‫‪٣-٣-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٦‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٠٠-٤٠٠‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ٣٠٠-٦٠٠‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٦‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٦-١٥‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﺏ ﻭ ﭖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-١٦‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ٧-١٥‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-١٦‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-١٦‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٩-١٥‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٣٩٨‬‬

‫ ‪ ٩-١٦‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١٠-١٥‬ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٩-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٩-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٩-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٩-١٦‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻲﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﺗﻚﻛﺖ(‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-١٦‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D2995‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ١‬ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٧‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻞﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ‬

‫‪1. Surface Treatment‬‬

‫‪2. Seal Coats‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٠٤‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ٣‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-١٧‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Porous Mixtures‬‬

‫‪2. Dust Laying‬‬
‫‪3. Road Oiling‬‬
‫‪٤٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬

‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٠‬‬

‫?‬
‫‪RS-١‬‬ ‫‪CRS-١‬‬ ‫‪RC- ٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠ - ٣٠٠‬‬
‫‪RS-٢‬‬ ‫‪CRS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RC- ٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFRS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RC- ٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪MS-١‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪HFMS-١‬‬ ‫‪MC- ٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS-٢s‬‬ ‫‪MC- ٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫? ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ ٢٠٠-٣٠٠‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-١٧‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٠٦‬‬

‫ﺳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٤-١٧‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٧‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‪ ١‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٧‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٧‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٧‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٧‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٤-١٧‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. One - Size‬‬

‫‪2. Open Grade‬‬
‫‪٤٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-١٧‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٧‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٧‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٧‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪C131‬‬ ‫‪T96‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ – ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ – ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ – ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‪ – ٤‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ ١١٢٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ –‬
‫‪C29‬‬ ‫‪T19‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪C142‬‬ ‫‪T112‬‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ – ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪C123‬‬ ‫‪T113‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ – ٢‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪BS812‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٠٨‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪١‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٠ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٥/٦) ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٤/٧٥) ٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪٠-١‬‬ ‫‪٠-١‬‬ ‫‪٠-١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢/٣٦) ٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫‪٠ - ٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ٠/٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥) ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪٤٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫‪٤/٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٥‬‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤١٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٧‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٤-١٧‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪٢٥ - ١٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١٩ - ٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٢/٥ - ٤/٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٩/٥ - ٢/٣٦‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٤/٧٥ - ١/١٨‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥ - ١٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪١٢/٥ - ٤/٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪١٩ - ٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪٩/٥ - ٢/٣٦‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪٢٥ - ١٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪١٢/٥ - ٤/٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪٤/٧٥ - ١/١٨‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪١٩ - ٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪٩/٥ - ٢/٣٦‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪٤/٧٥ - ١/١٨‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪٤١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٤-١٧‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪١‬‬ ‫‪MC -٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪MC –٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪RC -٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪RC -٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪RS -٢‬‬ ‫‪RS -٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫‪CRS -٢‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS- ١‬‬
‫)ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٢‬‬ ‫‪MC -٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪MC -٨٠٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪RC -٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪RC -٨٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪RS -٢‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪RS -٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CR0 -١‬‬
‫) ‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬
‫‪8 4‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠-١٥٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٣‬‬ ‫‪MC -٣٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪MC -٨٠٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪RC -٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ٨٠٠‬ﻭ‪RC -٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪RS -٢‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪RS -٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬
‫) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠-٣٠٠‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬ﻭ‪RC -٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪RC ٢٥٠-٨٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪RS -١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪RS -١‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬

‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬
‫) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٥‬‬
‫‪٨٠٠‬ﻭ‪RC -٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪RC -٢٥٠-٨٠٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪RS -١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪RS -١‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ﻭ‪CRS -١‬‬
‫)ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤١٢‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٤-١٧‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ١‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Fog Coat‬‬

‫‪2. Slurry Seal‬‬
‫‪٤١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٥-٤-١٧‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٧٥‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٤٥ - ٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢ - ١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠-٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ٥-٨ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ٤٠٠-٧٠٠ :‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‪ ٦٠٠-٩٠٠ :‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٥-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ( ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤١٤‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ١:١‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٠٠-٨٥٠‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ٣٥٠-٥٥٠‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-١٧‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬

‫‪MS -١‬‬ ‫‪RC -٧٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS -١‬‬ ‫‪RC -٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪SS -١‬‬
‫‪SS -١ h‬‬
‫‪CSS -١‬‬
‫‪CSS -١ h‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٥-١٧‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ )ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪٤١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪ SS -١‬ﻭ ‪SS -١h‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ‪ CSS -١‬ﻭ ‪CSS -١h‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﺷﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ‪ CQS -١h‬ﻭ ‪ QS -١h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ CQS -١h‬ﻭ ‪ QS -١h‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-١٧‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-١٧‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪D2419‬‬ ‫‪T176‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ – ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪C131‬‬ ‫‪T96‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫? ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤١٦‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺯﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٠-١٦‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٣/٥-٥/٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫)‪(%‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪١‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪±٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻤﻴﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪±٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٥ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪±٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٨ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٥ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪±٥‬‬ ‫‪١٩ - ٣٤‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪±٤‬‬ ‫‪١٢ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٨ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥ - ٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪±٣‬‬ ‫‪٧ - ١٨‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٢١‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪±٢‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪٤١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٧/٥-١٣/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥/٥-٩‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ‬
‫)ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ( ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻻ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٦/٥-١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪٨-١٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ )ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣ ّﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤١٨‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ASTM D3910‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±%١‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬

‫‪ ١-٦-١٧‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻢ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻩﺭﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪٤١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-١٧‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٧‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-١٧‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ( ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-١٧‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪١‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٣٠ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٥ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٤ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٢-٥‬‬ ‫‪٢-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪٥+‬‬ ‫‪٤/٥٠+‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٢٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-١٧‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ )ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ(‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫‪MS - ٢‬‬ ‫‪MC -٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪MS– ٢h‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٥٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS – ٢‬‬ ‫‪HFMS- ٢h‬‬ ‫‪٦٠ - ٧٠‬‬
‫‪MS– ٢h‬‬ ‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬
‫‪HFMS– ٢h‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠ - ١٥٠‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-١٧‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ %٢٠‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ٢/٥-٢/٨‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-١٧‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-١٧‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٧-١٧‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺰﻭﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-١٧‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ( ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-١٧‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‪SS - ١‬‬ ‫‪MC - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪SS - ١‬‬ ‫‪MC - ٣٠‬‬
‫‪SS - ١h‬‬ ‫‪SC - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪SS - ١h‬‬ ‫‪MC - ٧٠‬‬
‫‪CSS - ١‬‬ ‫‪SC - ٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪CSS - ١‬‬ ‫‪SC - ٧٠‬‬
‫‪CSS - ١h‬‬ ‫‪CSS - ١h‬‬ ‫‪SC - ٢٥٠‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٧-١٧‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٥-٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪٠/٧٥ - ٢/٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٧-١٧‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ‪٣-٤‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺑﻘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣-٤‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٢٢‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٨-١٧‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١-٨-١٧‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٨-١٧‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٢-٨-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٨-١٧‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٤-٨-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ )ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٨-١٧‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٠/١٥ - ٠/٣٥‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٨-١٧‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(١-١٧‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٢٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٨-١٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ‪ASTM D3910‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂﻛﺶ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻂ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂﻛﺸﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٧‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﺔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٨-١٧‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺧﻂﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٢٨‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥˚C‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥˚C‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٤-٨-١٧‬ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٤-٨-١٧‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ٣‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﺨﻴﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣/٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺸﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٥-٨-١٧‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ )ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ )ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-١-٨-١٧‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٨-١٧‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ )ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ( ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٩-١٧‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٣٠‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ )ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-١٧‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٠-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪ ١٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ(‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٢-١٠-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٠-١٧‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١١-١٧‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١١-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٣٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١١-١٧‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D2995‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١١-١٧‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ ‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ »ﺏ« ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٤-١١-١٧‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﻼﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٤٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ١‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻣﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ MC- ٣٠٠٠‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ SC- ٣٠٠٠‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٨‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ٣‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Asphalt Cold Mix‬‬

‫‪2. Central Plant Mix‬‬
‫)‪3. Mixed-in-Place (Road Mix‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٣٨‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-١٨‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-١٨‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-١٨‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٤٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٨‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٨‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٤٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻲ ﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪C131‬‬ ‫‪T96‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ – ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ – ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪D2419‬‬ ‫‪T176‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ – ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪D4318‬‬ ‫‪T90‬‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪812‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻕ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪C29‬‬ ‫‪T19‬‬ ‫‪١١٢٠ Kg/m‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬

‫ ‪ ٦-١٨‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ )ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ )ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻥﻣﺪﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٨‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦-١٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﻴﻆﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-١٨‬ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻏﻠﻈﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ )ﻗﻴﺮ ﻏﻠﻴﻆﺗﺮ( ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-١٨‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻏﻠﻴﻆﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﭼﻜﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ )ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻚﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﺳﺮﺩﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٤٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ‪MS‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ‪SC‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ‪RS‬‬
‫‪HFMS-٢S‬‬

‫‪HFMS-٢h‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬

‫‪HFMS-٢‬‬

‫‪HFMS-١‬‬
‫‪CMS-٢h‬‬
‫‪CSS-١h‬‬

‫‪CMS-٢‬‬

‫‪MS-٢h‬‬
‫‪CSS-١‬‬

‫‪SS-١h‬‬

‫‪MS-٢‬‬

‫‪MS-١‬‬

‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫‪SS-١‬‬

‫‪ (١‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫?‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫†‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻱ‬
‫‪ (٣‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫? ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪.٢٠٠‬‬
‫† ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (١٠‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ٥-٦-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ )ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٨‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪%‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﺷﻜﻦ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ‬
‫‪ ٢٠ - ٧٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٧٠‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫?‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‡‬
‫‪ ٢٠+‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫‡‬ ‫†‬
‫‪ ٤٠+‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪ ٥٥ - ٨٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬
‫‡‬ ‫†‬
‫‪ ٥٥+‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪ ٧٥ - ١٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬
‫†‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٠ - ١١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪ %‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫? ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٠٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫† ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‡ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٤٤‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-١٨‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٨‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-١٨‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺪ )ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻥ( ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٨‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬

‫‪±٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪±٧‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻭ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪±٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٨‬ﻭ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪±٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٣٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪±٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪±٠/٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ ‪ ٩-١٨‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻳﻢ‪ ١‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ،٥-١٨‬ﻭ ‪ ٦-١٨‬ﻭ ‪ ٧-١٨‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ‪ MS-14‬ﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺘﻮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٧٥‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣٤٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫‪ ٣ - ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ٢ - ٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ‪٢٥˚C‬‬

‫‪1. Hveem‬‬
‫)‪2. Asphalt Cold Mix Manual (MS-14‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٤٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦ -١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﺎﺏﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٣±٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫†‬ ‫‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫†‬ ‫†‬ ‫?‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧٨‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫†‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٦٠±٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ -‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٣±٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫†‬ ‫‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫†‬ ‫†‬ ‫?‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫†‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٦٠±٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ %‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ٢٤ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٣±٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫? ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ٧٢ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٣±٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﺀ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻼﺀ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﻼﺀ‬
‫† ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ ‪ ١١-١٨‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ١-١١-١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻜﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻣﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ١٢١±٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻃﻲ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T164‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﺍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ١‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ a‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪100 a‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - A‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ - a‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻛﺴﺘﺮﺍﻛﺸﻦ‬
‫‪ - R‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ D402‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ T78‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪ D244‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ T59‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ‪ a‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ ‪ SS -١‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ‪ R‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ‪ ٥٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ )‪(A‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Extraction‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٤٨‬‬

‫‪4 × 100‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬ ‫‪=7‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،A‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،٤-١٨‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ±٠/٥‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻣﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١١-١٨‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ ،T164‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪ T30‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ ،٤-١٨‬ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١١-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻳﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪٥-١٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧-١٨‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٢-١٨‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٢-١٨‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪٤٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢-٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٨‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٢-١٨‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١-٢-١٢-١٨‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺳﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ‬

‫‪1 Travel Plant Mixer‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٥٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٢-١٢-١٨‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻫﻢﺯﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-١٢-١٨‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻨﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Rotary Mixer‬‬

‫‪٤٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-١٢-١٨‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻨﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻒ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺁﺏ( ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ %٢‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻒ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٣-١٨‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٣-١٨‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٣-١٨‬ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٣-١٨‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٥٢‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٣-١٨‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٣-١٨‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﺵ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-١٣-١٨‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١٣-١٨‬ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١٣-١٨‬ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-١٣-١٨‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٤٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ١-٩-١٣-١٨‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ )ﺭﺩﻳﻒ(‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﺗﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٢-٩-١٣-١٨‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮﺥ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٦‬ﺗﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٩-١٣-١٨‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﻦ‬
‫)ﺧﺎﻟﻲ( ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٥‬ﺗﻦ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٩-١٣-١٨‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻠﮕﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢٠٠٠-٣٠٠٠‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ‪٠/٤-٠/٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٥٤‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٤-١٨‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٤-١٨‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١-١٤-١٨‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻼ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-١٤-١٨‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺯﺍﻳﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻄﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٤-١٨‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-١٤-١٨‬ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺫﻭﺯﻧﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-١٤-١٨‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ ١-١٨‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٥٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ١-١٨‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ B ،A‬ﻭ ‪ C‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪(A + B)C‬‬
‫=‪V‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Wf = W1 × V‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Wf × a‬‬
‫=‪D‬‬
‫‪100 × G‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫‪ -Wf‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ - W1‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T19‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - D‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫‪ - a‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫‪ - G‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫‪٤٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-١٤-١٨‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﺍﺳﺘﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﺍﺳﺘﻜﺲ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢/٥-٤/٥‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻭﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٥٨‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-١٤-١٨‬ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ (٥-١٨‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T110‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻳﺎ ‪D1461‬‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪٤٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٤-١٨‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﭼﺮﺥﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ )ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﻙ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٥-١٨‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٦٠‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻚﺯﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٦-١٨‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٦-١٨‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٦-١٨‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٥‬ﻭ ‪ ±٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ ‪ ١٧-١٨‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻃﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٧-١٨‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٧-١٨‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٧-١٨‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٥-١٨‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٦-١٨‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٧-١٨‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٦٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ،٨-١٨‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٧-١٨‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪٤٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ١-١٩‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ١‬ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-١٩‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Asphalt Penetration Macadam‬‬

‫‪2. One – Stone Layer Thick‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٦٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٩‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ – ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٤‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٩٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٣‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥-٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 2 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٥٥‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥-٦٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠-٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٤٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫‪٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ – ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٥-٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٥‬‬ ‫‪٥-٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪١٠-٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٦٨‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-١٩‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-١-٢-١٩‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬
‫)ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١-١٩‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢ ،١‬ﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪،٦ ،٥ ،٤‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ١‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬
‫)ﻗﺸﺮﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪(١-١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪(١-١٩‬‬
‫‪ ،٤‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،٥‬ﻳﺎ ‪٦‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ،٤‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،٥‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،٦‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪٧‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،٧‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٢-١٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Key Aggregate‬‬

‫‪٤٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-١٩‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺱ ﺗﻲ ﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪C131‬‬ ‫‪T96‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪D4791‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫? ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٢-١٩‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٣-١٩‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ‪ ٨٥/١٠٠‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ MC- ٣٠٠٠‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ ١٢٠/١٥٠‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ MC- ٨٠٠‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫‪RC- ٨٠٠‬‬ ‫†‬
‫‪RC- ٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫†‬
‫‪١٢٠/١٥٠‬‬ ‫?‬
‫‪٨٥/١٠٠‬‬ ‫?‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫? ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١١٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫? ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫† ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٧٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-١٩‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢-١٩‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١-١-٢-١٩‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪(١-١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪(١-١٩‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻳﺎ ‪٩‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٩‬ﻳﺎ ‪١١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ١١‬ﻳﺎ ‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢-١٩‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٩‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻚ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫‪RC- ٢٥٠‬‬ ‫?‬
‫‪CRS-٢‬‬ ‫‪CRS-١‬‬ ‫‪RS-٢‬‬ ‫‪RS-١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫? ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ RC-250‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-١٩‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ٣-١٩‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-١٩‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-١٩‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ‪ ٣‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﭘﺴﺖ( ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-١٩‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٧٢‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-١٩‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١-١-٢-١٩‬ﻭ ‪ ١-٢-٢-١٩‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ( ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-١٩‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ٤-١٩‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫)ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ )ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ( ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٣‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-١٩‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-١٩‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺟﻠﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ٢/٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٧٤‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-١٩‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-١٩‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٧-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-١٩‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-١٩‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٢٠‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٦٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ١‬ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺴﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢٠‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪) ٢‬ﺗﻮﭘﻜﺎ(‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Asphalt Concrete‬‬

‫)‪2. Wearing Course (Topeka‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٨٠‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ )ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺭ(‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢٠‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٩‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﭗ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٢٠‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺗﻨﺶ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪،‬‬

‫‪1. Binder Course Mixture‬‬

‫‪2. Asphalt Treated Base‬‬
‫‪3. Crack Relief Layer‬‬
‫‪٤٨١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﺒﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،٢‬ﺑﺎﺯ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻃﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢-٢٠ ،١-٢٠‬ﻭ ‪٣-٢٠‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٢٠‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻜﹼﻲ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ )ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺖ( ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Sand Asphalt‬‬

‫‪2. Dense Graded‬‬
‫‪3. Open Graded‬‬
‫‪4. Porous Mix‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٨٢‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫??‬ ‫?‬
‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﺞ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٦-٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﺞ(‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٦-٨٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٦-٨٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٨٠-١٠٠ ٥٥-٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٤-٧٤‬‬ ‫‪٣٥-٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٩-٥٩‬‬ ‫‪٢٣-٥٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٩٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٥-١٠٠ ٣٢-٦٧‬‬ ‫‪٢٨-٥٨‬‬ ‫‪٢٣-٤٩‬‬ ‫‪١٩-٤٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥-٤١‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٨٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٧٠-٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥-٦٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪٤٥-٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٧-٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٧-٢٣‬‬ ‫‪٥-٢١‬‬ ‫‪٥-١٩‬‬ ‫‪٥-١٧‬‬ ‫‪٤-١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠-٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣-٢٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٩-٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٢-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪١-٧‬‬ ‫‪٠-٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪Sand Asphalt‬‬
‫??‬
‫‪Sheet Asphalt‬‬
‫‪٤٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٨٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠-٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٨-٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠-٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥-٣٩‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٣٤‬‬ ‫‪٦-٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٧٥-١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠-٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٥-٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢-١٨‬‬ ‫‪١-١٧‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٥-٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣-١٩‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٢٨-٥٣‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪٨-٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٢‬‬ ‫‪٠-١٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٠-١٢‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٨٤‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٣٠ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٥ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٤ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٢-٥‬‬ ‫‪٢-٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺯﺍ‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻱ( ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪٤-٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٢٠‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٣-٢٠‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٨٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪C131‬‬ ‫‪T96‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪C127‬‬ ‫‪T85‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪) BS812‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪D5821‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪) ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪D5821‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪) ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪T182‬‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪%‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫?‬ ‫?‬
‫‪D4318‬‬ ‫‪T90‬‬ ‫ﻍﺥ‬ ‫ﻍﺥ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪) PI‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪C128‬‬ ‫‪T84‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٨‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪D2419‬‬ ‫‪T176‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ )ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ(‬
‫†‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪M6‬‬ ‫‪±٠/٢٥‬‬ ‫‪±٠/٢٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬

‫‡‬
‫‪D4318‬‬ ‫‪T90‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪) ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ(‬

‫‪ %‬ﻣﺎﺳﺔ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﺔ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫? ﻍ ﺥ = ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫† ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٠/٣ ،٠/٦ ،١/١٨ ،٢/٣٦ ،٤/٧٥ ،٩/٥‬ﻭ ‪٠/١٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫‡ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬
‫‪٤٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٣-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺟﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻭﺯﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٣-٢٠‬ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ )ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٢٠‬ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ )ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٤‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٢٠‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٥-٢٠‬ﻭ ‪ ،٦-٢٠‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٨٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٩/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٧/٥‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪- ١٠٠‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٩‬‬
‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٤٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٨٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٦٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٤٠ - ٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠ - ٧٤‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٢٠ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٥ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٨ - ٥٢‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪٧ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٨ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٧ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪٢ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠-٥‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٢٠‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ PI < ٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ )ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٠/٠٠٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M303‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮ‪ ١‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Dust Collector‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٩٠‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻚ‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪٧٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻘﻒ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٢٠‬ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٢٠‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ‪ ٦٠/٧٠‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ٤٠-٥٠‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪٤٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٢٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٢٠‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ )ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠ - ١٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٦٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ :١‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٧‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٤٠ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ :٢‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٢٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٢٠‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻧﺴﻮﺯ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬

‫‪1. Warm‬‬
‫‪2. Hot‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٩٢‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٢٠‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٢٠‬ﻫﺪﻑ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٠‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ )‪ (ASTM D1559‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ‪ ASTM D5581‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻳﻢ‪ (ASTM D1560) ١‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺭﭖ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ٢-٢٠ ،١-٢٠‬ﻭ ‪٣-٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Hveen‬‬
‫)‪2. Strategic Highway Research Program (SHRP‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٩٤‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪) ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ (١-٢٠‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ‪D1559‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٩-٢٠‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ D5581‬ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ‪ MS-2‬ﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺘﻮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ( ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٠‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ ١٠-٢٠‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٢٠‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٠‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ‪ D1559‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ،D5581‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ) ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪) ١-٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ )ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٢-٢٠‬ﻭ ‪ ،(٣-٢٠‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪١٢٠ - ١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫‪١٠٥ - ١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٤٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫‪٤٠/٥٠‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫‪٦٠/٧٠‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٨٥/١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠/١٥٠‬‬
‫‪٧٤‬‬ ‫‪٢٠٠/٣٠٠‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM 1856‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM D3515‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ‪D1559‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬

‫‪EAL ≤ ١٠٤‬‬ ‫‪١٠٤ < EAL < ١٠٦‬‬ ‫?‬
‫‪EAL ≥ ١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ‪MS -2‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺘﻮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٥٥٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪٤/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٣/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪ -٨‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ )‪(VMA‬‬
‫? ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٩٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪D5581‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬

‫‪EAL ≤ ١٠٤‬‬ ‫‪١٠٤ < EAL < ١٠٦‬‬ ‫?‬
‫‪EAL ≥ ١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪١١٢‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪٧٩٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٢٤٠‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪١٨٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪٦/٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪ -٨‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ )‪(VMA‬‬
‫? ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻃﺮﺡ‬

‫‪ ٥-٦-٢٠‬ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D1075‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‪T165.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‪ ١‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T283‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﭖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ‪ ٦٠±١‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬

‫‪1. Indirect Tensile Strength‬‬

‫‪٤٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺏ ‪ ٦٠±١‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻣﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪٦٠±١‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٧٥‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٦-٢٠‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‪ ١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٠/٦-١/٢‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ pba − 100 (100 − pb )‬‬
‫‪pba‬‬
‫‪Pbe = ‬‬ ‫‪ 100‬‬
‫‪ 100 − pba (100 − Pb ) ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - pbe‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ - pb‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ - pba‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٧-٦-٢٠‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ )ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٦‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ (١-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ‪ ASTM D 1559‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٢٠‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬

‫‪1. Effective Asphalt Content‬‬

‫‪2. Rutting‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٤٩٨‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،١٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬

‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٦٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 2 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١١/٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠/٥‬‬ ‫‪٩/٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٨‬‬
‫‪٢٣/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢١/٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪٤٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٢٠‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٧-٢٠‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٨‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‪ ١‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ )ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﭙﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ( ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،١٣-٢٠‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻪ »ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫)‪1. Maximum Density Curve (Fuller Curve‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٠٠‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T11‬ﻭ ‪ TT27‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T37‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٢٠‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪±٨‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪±٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻭ ‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪±٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٢/٣٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٨‬ﻭ ‪ ١/١٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٦‬‬
‫‪±٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٣٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٥٠‬‬
‫‪±٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫‪±٣‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪±٠/٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪±٠/٤‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‬
‫‪±٠/٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪٥٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-٢٠‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ(‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﻘﻒ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪T40‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٠٢‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-٢٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻃﺮﺡ )ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮﻱ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ‪ MS-2‬ﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺘﻮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٧-٢٠‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١٠-٢٠‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٥٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-٢٠‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ M156‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T172‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ‪ ±١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺟﺮ ﻧﺴﻮﺯ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Circulation‬‬
‫‪٥٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫‪) ١‬ﺭﻳﺰ(‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ـ‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪) ٤‬ﺩﺭﺷﺖ(‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٠٦‬‬

‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪±٠/١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻩ ﺟﻴﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ±٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪٥٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺫ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﺩﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺥﺩﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﻜﻪ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٨-٢٠‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪1. Dust Collector‬‬

‫‪2. Batching Plant‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٠٨‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻻﻛﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ )ﻗﻔﻞ( ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻩ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ‪ ±٠/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻧﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ‪ ±١‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭼﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥١٠‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪﻫﻢﺯﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺧﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﺮﻳﺰﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪٢/٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪) .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺯﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ‪ ±٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Continuous Plant‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥١٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻫﻢﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻤﮕﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﭘﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ T195‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﻛﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ =‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٩-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ M156‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T172‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﭺ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﭙﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥١٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫ‪:‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-٢٠‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﺯﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻓﻨﻲﺍﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٠-٢٠‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫)ﻣﺎﺳﻪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ٢/٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰ )ﻣﺎﺳﻪ( ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ( ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ )ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ )ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺏ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ‪ ٣-٨-٢٠‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ( ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥١٦‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٠-٢٠‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ )ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ( ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ‪ ٧-٢٠‬ﻭ )ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪) :‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ )ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫)ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ١١-٢٠‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٠/١٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٢-٢٠‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻼ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺯﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻱ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥١٨‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻂﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻂﻛﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٣-٢٠‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻫﻚ )ﻳﻚ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺯﻧﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ٧٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٤-٢٠‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﻜﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﭙﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪٥١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﻙ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٥-٢٠‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٥-٢٠‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٥-٢٠‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ( ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻮ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٢٠‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻤﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ‬
‫ﻼ ﻫﻤﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﻬﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ‬
‫‪٥٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ‪ ٢-٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﺟﺤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٥-٢٠‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻴﺨﻜﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺴﻤﺎﻥﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺨﻜﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٢٢‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺨﻜﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻫﻢﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﻴﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﺨﻜﻮﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬

‫ ‪ ١٦-٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٤-٢٠‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ‪ ±١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٤-٢٠‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ )ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪٧/٥‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫)ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫‪١٠-١٥‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥-٢٠‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٠-٢٧‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٧-٣٢‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ )ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ(‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٢٤‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٥-٢٠‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ( ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٥-٢٠‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫)ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ(‬ ‫)ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧٠٠‬ﺗﺎ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٦٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺯﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ )ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪٦٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﺗﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻠﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ‬
‫‪٥٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﻳﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﺗﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠٠٠ - ٣٠٠٠‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ‪ ٠/٤ - ٠/٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻠﮕﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﻳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٢-١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨/٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٣‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻧﭽﺴﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٢٦‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ ﻭ ﮔﻠﮕﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﻳﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺦﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺦﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺯﺩﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٧-٢٠‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١-١٧-٢٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٢-١٧-٢٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٨-٢٠‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ١٦-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺏ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ )ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ( ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ﻧﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪٥٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺳﻪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ )ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ‪ ٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢‬ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ‪ ٧‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢‬ﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻧﭽﺴﺒﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺏ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ‪ ١٠٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٢٨‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ‪ ٤-٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٣-١٨-٢٠‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٨‬ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٨-٢٠‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٣٠‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ )ﭼﺮﺥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﻪﭼﺮﺥ( ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٨-٢٠‬ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫‪٥٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺳﻪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٩-٢٠‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T166‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T230‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢٠-٢٠‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢٠-٢٠‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ‪ ±٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ ±٤‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٣٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢٠-٢٠‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ ٣-٢٠-٢٠‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻗﻴﺮﺯﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢١-٢٠‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻤﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺧﻄﺮ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ ‪ ٢٢-٢٠‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻡ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢٢-٢٠‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٣٤‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻡ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢٢-٢٠‬ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﺗﻦ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢٢-٢٠‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ )ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﺗﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٤‬ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠,٠٠٠‬ﺗﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﹰﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪ ، T165‬ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T283‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ ٥-٢٢-٢٠‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫‪٥٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٢١‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢١‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ) ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﻜﺴﺘﻪ (‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٤٠‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢١‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٣-٢١‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢١‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٦‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-٢١‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢١‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٣-٢١‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢١‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪٩٥ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 1 1‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٩٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٥ - ٩٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٥ - ٩٠‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ١‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫‪٦٠ - ١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٠ - ٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٥٥ - ٨٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٩/٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪٥٠ - ٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٥ - ٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٠ - ٦٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥ - ٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤/٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤‬‬
‫‪٤٠ - ٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٥ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٢٨ - ٤٨‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٢٠ - ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(١٠‬‬
‫‪٢٥ - ٤٥‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٤ - ٢٨‬‬ ‫‪١٥ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠ - ٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٨ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٤٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٤٠‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪٥ - ٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٥‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪٥ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪٠ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪٢-٨‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫? ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪٢٠٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٨‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢١‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٤٢‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢١‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻱ‪-‬ﺍﺱ‪-‬ﺗﻲ‪-‬ﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‬
‫‪D4318‬‬ ‫‪T89‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫†‬
‫‪D4318‬‬ ‫‪T90‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٤-٦‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪D4318‬‬ ‫‪T176‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪D2419‬‬ ‫‪T96‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‡‬
‫‪C131‬‬ ‫‪T103‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺫﻭﺏ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪C88‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪D1883‬‬ ‫‪T193‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫† ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٩‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪ ٠-٦‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ‪ T103‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫‪ ٥-٢١‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ٢/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٢١‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢١‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪٥٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﻚﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢١‬ﻭ‪٢-٢١‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T180‬ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ‪ ±١/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٢١‬ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٢‬ﺗﻨﻲ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺥﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺴﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‪ .‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٤٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ T191‬ﺁﺷﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻮﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﺯﻧﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﭘﺴﺖ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٢١‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ±٢‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٢١‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪٥٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺴﺘﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﺰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﻭﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﻢﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٤٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ )ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ،٩-٢١‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-٢١‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-١٠-٢١‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١٠-٢١‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ‪ -‬ﭼﭗ ‪ -‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١٠-٢١‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪٤-١٠-٢١‬‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-١٠-٢١‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪٥٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٢٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٢٢‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٥٢‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٢٢‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺍﺡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺩﻫﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٢٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٢٢‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-١-٤-٢٢‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٠/٠٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ (٢٠٠‬ﺩﺭﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫‪ %١٥‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ %١٥‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪٥٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺭﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﮔﭻ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻻﹰﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٤-٢٢‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻥ )‪ (Cl ‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﻥ )‪ (SO4 ‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻮﻥ )‪ (Cl ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻮﻥ )‪(SO4 ‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ PH‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺏ ‪ -‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٤-٢٢‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٥٤‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٢٢‬ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ )ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ(‬ ‫‬

‫ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ )ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﭙﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ "ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ" ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٢٢‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ(‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٤-٢٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ‪ ٠/٣٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺟﻮﺷﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪٥٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ ٠/٣٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﻢﺑﻴﻀﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪١٢٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٤-٢٢‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻠﻴﭙﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ‪ ١/٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ‪ ١٨‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﹰﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﹰﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ‪ ٢٠*٢٠‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٥*١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٥٦‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٢٢‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻻﻏﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٢٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﭘﻲﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻮﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺳﺒﻚ )‪ ٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﻦ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٢‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٥-٢٢‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪٥٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻻ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺗﺮﺍﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٥-٢٢‬ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪٥٠‬ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٥-٢٢‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺳﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﻮﺏﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﮔﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٥٨‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٢٢‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺞ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻮﺷﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٣٣ -‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫‪ ٣٧/٥ -‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ‪ ٤/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٢٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٧-٢٢‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١-٧-٢٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٢٢‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٧-٢٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪١٥٠٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٦٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-٢٢‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٢-٧-٢٢‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪٧٥٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٧-٢٢‬‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-٢٢‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫‪٥٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١-١-٢٣‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١-٢٣‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﺚﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺨﻜﻮﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪) ٥٠‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Anchor Bolt‬‬

‫‪2. Rock Bolt‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٦٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١-٢٣‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻘﺾ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١-٢٣‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺥ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١-٢٣‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺠﺶﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪٥٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٦٦‬‬

‫‪٦-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺶﺳﻨﺞ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﹰﺍ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﹰﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ( ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪١١-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﻚ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٥-٥-١-٢٣‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٢٣‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٢٣‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٦٨‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻼﻩﺧﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﭼﻜﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻛﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺒﻮﻻﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٢٣‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻕﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻓﻜﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٢٣‬ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٢-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢١‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺮ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺐ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٢-٢٣‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٧٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻢﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻘﺐﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺶ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻢﻛﻢ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻬﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ‪ ١‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٢-٢٣‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Shaft‬‬
‫‪٥٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٧‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺒﻼ" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻲﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺟﺪ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺧﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﺯﺕ ) ‪ (NO2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ٣٠ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﺯﺕ )‪ (NO‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‪١٠٠ ،‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‪ ٥٠٠٠ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻏﻠﻄﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻔﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪١-٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٧٢‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٣‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫‪١٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪CO2‬‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪CO‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﺯﺕ ‪NO‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﺯﺕ ‪NO2‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﮊﻥ ‪SH2‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪ ٠/١‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٢-٢٣‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻱ‪ ١٠٠ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻭ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﺷﻒ‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٢٣‬ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٢-٢٣‬ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺁﺑﺮﺍﻫﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‪ ،‬ﺳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﺮﺍﻫﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٧٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻮﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ‪ ٣٠٠٠‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﭘﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٢٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٢٣‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٢٣‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٢٣‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٧٦‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﺳﻴﺒﻞ ‪ A‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﺧﻔﻪﻛﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٢-٢٣‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﭘﺎﺳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺳﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﮒ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻏﺮﺍﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺣﻖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﮊﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﮕﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺁﮔﻬﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﮔﻬﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻛﻴﭗ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻛﻴﭗ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻨﻲ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻛﻴﭗ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻛﻴﭗ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻛﻴﭗ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺫﻳﺼﻼﺡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻛﻴﭗ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٧٨‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٢٣‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٣-٢٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ‬

‫‪1. Shield‬‬
‫‪٥٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﻻ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫‪3 1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪4 2‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٧٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﭘﺴﺘﺎﻧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﮔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﮕﻠﻮﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٠٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﮔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﭘﺴﺘﺎﻧﻜﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Road Header‬‬

‫‪2. Tunnel Boring Machine‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٨٠‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٣-٢٣‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٨١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻣﺒﻮ‪ ١‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻟﻖﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ –٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺘﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Jumbo‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٨٢‬‬

‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺱ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٧‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺿﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٣-٢٣‬ﻟﻖﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٥٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﮊﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٣-٢٣‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥﺯﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٣/٥‬ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻓﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٨٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٣-٢٣‬ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٣-٢٣‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﻔﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﻤﭙﺎﮊ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ(‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫‪٥٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٢٣‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٢٣‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٨٦‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮊﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ‪ ٠/٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺫ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﮊ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺼﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٣‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٨٨‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﭼﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‪ ١‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﭼﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﭼﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٢-٥-٢٣‬ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ‬

‫ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺣﻔﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Torquemeter‬‬
‫‪٥٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ %٥‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢-٥-٢٣‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٩٠‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٢-٥-٢٣‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٢-٥-٢٣‬ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ DIN 17100 ST37‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ‪ST52-2‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭼﻮﺏ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻳﻞﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻝ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺮﭘﺎﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﺎﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﻟﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ«‪» ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ«‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫»ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ« ﻭ »ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ« ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﻟﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ« ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻟﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻟﻖ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻟﻖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ« ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٩٢‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ« ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻱ‪ ١‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ« ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻨﮓﻣﻬﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ‪ %٤‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،٥‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Silt‬‬
‫‪٥٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢٥-٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٢-٧-٤‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ٤-٢-٤‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ‪) ASTM C1141‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ASTM C1116‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﺗﺎ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ )ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻤﭗ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ ﺁﻥ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Fiber-Reinforced‬‬
‫‪2. Rebound‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٩٤‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺮ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ٠/٣-٠/٥‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻀﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‪،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺬ ‪ ٦‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٧‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﺰﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻖﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻀﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٩٦‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺒﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺁﺗﺸﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻟﻖﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﺎﻑﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﺏﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺲﺭﻳﺰ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺮ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٧‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٥٩٨‬‬

‫‪ ١٠-٣-٥-٢٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ ACI 506‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٢٣‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭼﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪﺍﺯ ‪ ٣٨‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭼﺮﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﮔﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢-٦-٢٣‬ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪1. Drilling of Hole‬‬

‫‪٥٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٢٣‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪٤٠٠‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-٢٣‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪1. Packers‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٠٠‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺕ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫‪ ٥-٦-٢٣‬ﭘﻴﺶﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٦-٢٣‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﺮﻙﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٢‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ١‬ﺭﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻔﺖﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻼﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٠٢‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ١‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﭻ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻫﺪﺭﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٦-٢٣‬ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﮕﻲ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻜﺶ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٧-٢٣‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫‪ ١-٧-٢٣‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ±٤‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ±٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-٢٣‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﺏﺑﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﻈﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ١‬ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﺭﻳﺰ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﺭﻳﺰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Truck Mixer‬‬

‫‪٦٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻫﻤﮕﻨﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻒ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻮﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻟﻖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-٢٣‬ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ( ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٠٦‬‬

‫ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﻤﭙﺎﮊ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٦‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﻮﻧﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻃﺎﻕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٧-٢٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬

‫ ‪ ٨-٢٣‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٨-٢٣‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٨-٢٣‬ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٨-٢٣‬ﺳﺮﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻠﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﺎﻟﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪٦١١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ١-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﹰﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻏﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٢-٢٤‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‪ ٢‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١-٢-٢٤‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٢٤‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٢-٢٤‬‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Safety‬‬
‫‪2. Occupational Health‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦١٢‬‬

‫ ‪ ٣-٢٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ ١-٣-٢٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-١-٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ … ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١-٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺴﺖﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻛﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﭼﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-١-٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ١‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ … ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-٢٤‬ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Human Factors‬‬

‫‪٦١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪١-٢-٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪ ١‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻮﺧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪ ٢‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٤-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٢٤‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Unsafe Acts‬‬

‫‪2. Unsafe Condition‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦١٤‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٤-٢٤‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺗﻼﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪» .‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ« ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٤-٢٤‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺭﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﻙ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٤-٢٤‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪٦١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٥-٤-٢٤‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٤-٢٤‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﮕﻮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻱﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٤-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‬

‫‪1. Inspection‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦١٦‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٤-٢٤‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٥-٢٤‬ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٢٤‬ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﺭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺏﻧﻤﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ‬
‫‪٦١٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٢٤‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺖ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺖ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺪﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٢٤‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻡ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺭﻳﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦١٨‬‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻏﺬﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٥-٢٤‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٦-٢٤‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٦-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻼﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )‪ (ISO‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ )‪ ،(ASTM) ،(ANSI‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ )‪ (BS‬ﻭ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ )‪ (DIN‬ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦١٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻔﻬﻴﻢ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺿﺪ ﻋﻔﻮﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺮ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼﻩ ﺣﺼﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼﻩ ﻟﺒﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﻮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺯﺵ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺭﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٢٠‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺳﺮﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٢١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺪﻭﺯﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻞﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺶ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺶ ﻭ ﭼﻜﻤﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻔﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻔﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺦ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-٦-٢٤‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٢٢‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٩-٦-٢٤‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٠-٦-٢٤‬ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ٨‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ١٥ * ١٥‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٨‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Safety Belt and Lift Line‬‬

‫‪2. Sefety Nets‬‬
‫‪٦٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ١١-٦-٢٤‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ ‪ ٧-٢٤‬ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺭﮊﺍﻧﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺯﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺯﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ‬

‫‪1. First Aids‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻭﺭﮊﺍﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٨-٢٤‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-٨-٢٤‬ﺻﺪﺍ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻪﺍﻱ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ ١-٢٤‬ﻭ ‪ ٢-٢٤‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪1. Impulsive Noise‬‬

‫‪2. Impact Noise‬‬
‫‪٦٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻭﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ‬

‫?‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺳﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫??‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫???‪١١٥‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫? ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫?? ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫??? ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ )ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١١٥‬ﺩﺳﻴﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٤‬ﺣﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺳﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫?‪١٤٠‬‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬
‫‪١٠٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬
‫? ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٤٠‬ﺩﺳﻴﺒﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٢٦‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٨-٢٤‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻣﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺯﺑﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٨-٢٤‬ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻸ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ‬
‫‪٦٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﻣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺍﺗﻤﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺴﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٨-٢٤‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺿﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺷﻮﻙ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻋﻀﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻭﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﻃﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫‪1. Heat Stress‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٢٨‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺬﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺌﻴﻦﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﻩ ﺣﺼﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼﻩ ﻟﺒﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ٥-٨-٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ٩-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‬

‫‪ ١-٩-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-١-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﺓ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٣٠‬‬

‫‪٤-١-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-١-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-١-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٩-٢٤‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻙ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﺘﻲ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻙ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﺮﺩﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﭼﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻙﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺸﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٣٢‬‬

‫‪٨-٢-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٩-٢٤‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻭﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻴﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺨﻢﺯﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺪﻥ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﭽﻪﺭﻳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻂﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺪﻭﺯﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺖﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻟﻮﻟﺔ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٣٤‬‬

‫‪٩-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ »ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢-٣-٩-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻙ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٤-٩-٢٤‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٤-٩-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻪ ﭼﺎﻝﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻭﺯﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻭﻗﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬

‫‪1. Vibrating Machines‬‬

‫‪٦٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺿﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﺯﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-٩-٢٤‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٥-٩-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻚﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٣٦‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺴﺖﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-٩-٢٤‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻕﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪﺩﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ٣-٥-٩-٢٤‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﺔ ﮔﺮﻡﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺮﻡﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻫﺮ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻜﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-٥-٩-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺎﺯﺷﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺑﭙﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻜﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٣٨‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٠-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٠-٢٤‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺑﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٠-٢٤‬ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٣-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺮ ﭼﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ ١/٢٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪٦٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻻ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٣-١٠-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻡ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٤٠‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٩‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٠-٢٤‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻱ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻪ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻟﻮﻟﺔ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺏ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٤١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺸﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٥-١٠-٢٤‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٤٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٥-١٠-٢٤‬ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٣-٥-١٠-٢٤‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺘﻦﭘﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭﻣﺴﺌﻮﻻﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Shotcrete‬‬
‫‪٦٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻴﺮﺁﻫﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻳﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻄﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪ ٧-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫‪ ١-٧-١٠-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ »ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪» ،‬ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭ« ﻭ »ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٤٤‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٧-١٠-٢٤‬ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ »ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓﺟﻤﻊﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺷﻦﭘﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-٧-١٠-٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕﺳﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ١١-٢٤‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪ ١-١١-٢٤‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺫﻱﺭﺑﻂ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﮔﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻴﺮ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻢ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﻠﺘﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١١-٢٤‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١١-٢٤‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٤٦‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻧﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٣-١١-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ ‪ ١٢-٢٤‬ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﺸﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٤٨‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻬﻞﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﮔﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺫ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ »ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ« ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٣-٢٤‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-١٣-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٥٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٣-٢٤‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﹰﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪٦٥١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﺎﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﺷﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﺷﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﭼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٥٢‬‬

‫‪١٠-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١-٢-١٣-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺟﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺎﻝ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٤-٢٤‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ ١-١٤-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٤-٢٤‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٢-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪٢-٢-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻕﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٢-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٢-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٢-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٢-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣-١٤-٢٤‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٣-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﺒﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٣-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١/٥‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﺩﻩﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٥٤‬‬

‫‪٣-٣-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻫﮕﺬﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٤-٢٤‬ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥-١٤-٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٥-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﭘﻮﺵ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﭘﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻴﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٥-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻮﻧﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ٦-١٤-٢٤‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٧-١٤-٢٤‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٨-١٤-٢٤‬ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٨-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﻮﺯ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٨-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٥٦‬‬

‫‪٣-٨-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٩-١٤-٢٤‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺍﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺳﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺏ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪٥-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﺸﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻨﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩-٩-١٤-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻨﺪﻙ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٥٨‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٥-٢٤‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ ١-١٥-٢٤‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪١-١-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-١-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣-١-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-١٥-٢٤‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‬

‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻙ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ DIN 24081‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ٣-١٥-٢٤‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ »ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ«‪» ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ«‪» ،‬ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ« ﻭ »ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﺯﺍ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤-١٥-٢٤‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫‬

‫‪١-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻧﺸﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺑﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٦٠‬‬

‫‪٣-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﺮﻧﮓ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺒﺮﻧﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻙﺁﻟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻫﻮﺵ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫‪٦٦١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﭖ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺙ‪ :‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪:‬‬

‫‪٨-٤-١٥-٢٤‬‬

‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﺩﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﭼﻤﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‪ ١٦-٢٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻃﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ ١٣-٢٥‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )‪ (ISO‬ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ANSI ،DIN ،BS‬ﻭ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﻼﻙ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٦٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ١-٢٥‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ DIN ، BS ، ISO ، ASTM ، AASHTO‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١-٢٥‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٣-٢٥‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠ - ٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٦٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ ٣-٢٥‬ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪American Society for Testing and Material, ASTM -١‬‬
‫‪American Association for State Highway and Transportation Official,‬‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬
‫‪International Standard Organisation, ISO -٣‬‬
‫‪German Standard Institute, DIN -٤‬‬
‫‪British Standard Institute, BSI -٥‬‬
‫‪American National Standard Institute, ANSI -٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٦٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪M57‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M145‬‬ ‫‪D3282‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪M147‬‬ ‫*‪D1241‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M155‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪M216‬‬ ‫‪C977‬‬ ‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪D2487‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ »ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ«‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪T87‬‬ ‫‪D421‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪T88‬‬ ‫‪D422‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪T89‬‬ ‫*‪D4318‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪T90‬‬ ‫*‪D4318‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪T92‬‬ ‫*‪D427‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪T99‬‬ ‫*‪D698‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺶ ‪ ٢/٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻣﻲ )‪ ٥/٥‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪T100‬‬ ‫‪D854‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪1. Unified System‬‬
‫‪٦٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪T134‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪D559‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪T136‬‬ ‫*‪D560‬‬ ‫ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪T144‬‬ ‫‪D806‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪T146‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪T176‬‬ ‫*‪D2419‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻢﺍﺭﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪T180‬‬ ‫*‪D1557‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺶ ‪ ٤/٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻣﻲ )‪١٠‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( )ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪T190‬‬ ‫‪D2844‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ ١R‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪T191‬‬ ‫‪D1556‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪T193‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪T194‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪T203‬‬ ‫‪D1452‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪T204‬‬ ‫*‪D293‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﺮﻭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪T205‬‬ ‫‪D2167‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻛﻨﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪T211‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪1. Resistant‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٧٠‬‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪T215‬‬ ‫‪D2434‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪T218‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﻜﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪T219‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻫﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪T220‬‬ ‫*‪D5102‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪D3668‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪T221‬‬ ‫‪D1195‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪T222‬‬ ‫*‪D1196‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪T224‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪T232‬‬ ‫*‪D3155‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪T233‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪T258‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪T265‬‬ ‫‪D2216‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪T267‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪T273‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪D1140‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪D1633‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪٦٧١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪D1883‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪D2901‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫‪D4220‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪D4429‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪D4718‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫‪D4829‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪D4943‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻡ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥١‬‬
‫? ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﺷﺘﻮ ﻭ ‪ ASTM‬ﻛﺎﻣﻼ" ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٧٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٢-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪M228‬‬ ‫‪D4459‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪D4439‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪D4873‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ‪،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪D4354‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪D4455‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪D4491‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪D4594‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪D4595‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪D4632‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪D4716‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪D4751‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‪ ٢‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪D4833‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪1. Geotextiles‬‬
‫‪2. Opening‬‬
‫‪٦٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪D4884‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪D4886‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﮔﺬﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪D5141‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪D5199‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٧٤‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٣-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪D8‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M43‬‬ ‫‪D448‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻞ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪D1139‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M283‬‬ ‫‪D692‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪D693‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪M29‬‬ ‫‪D1073‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪D2940‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺩﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪M17‬‬ ‫‪D242‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪T2‬‬ ‫‪D75‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪T11‬‬ ‫‪C117‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪T19‬‬ ‫‪C29‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪T27‬‬ ‫‪C136‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺷﺘﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪T30‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪1. Aggregate‬‬
‫‪٦٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪T37‬‬ ‫‪D546‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪T87‬‬ ‫‪C128‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪T85‬‬ ‫‪C127‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺏ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪T96‬‬ ‫‪C131‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪C535‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﺱﺁﻧﺠﻠﺲ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪T103‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ – ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪C88‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪T113‬‬ ‫‪C123‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪T142‬‬ ‫‪C70‬‬ ‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪T176‬‬ ‫‪D2419‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪T210‬‬ ‫‪D3744‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪T248‬‬ ‫‪C702‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪T255‬‬ ‫‪C566‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T279‬‬ ‫‪D3319‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪D3398‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪1. British Wheel‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٧٦‬‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪D4791‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪D5821‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٧٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٤-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS12‬‬
‫‪389‬‬ ‫‪BS1370‬‬ ‫‪M85‬‬ ‫‪C150‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪BS4027‬‬
‫‪BS146‬‬
‫‪M240‬‬ ‫‪C595‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪BS4246‬‬
‫‪BS146‬‬
‫‪990‬‬ ‫‪M240‬‬ ‫‪C595‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪BS4246‬‬
‫‪4220‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪C91‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪M152‬‬ ‫‪C230‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪1694‬‬ ‫‪C563‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ‪ SO3‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪T127‬‬ ‫‪C183‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪1692‬‬
‫‪1693‬‬ ‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪T105‬‬ ‫‪C114‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪1694‬‬ ‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪1695‬‬
‫‪٦٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪T133‬‬ ‫‪C188‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻫﻮﺍ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪T153‬‬ ‫‪C204‬‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ )ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻫﻮﺍ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪T98‬‬ ‫‪C115‬‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ )ﻛﺪﺭﻱﺳﻨﺞ ﻭﺍﮔﻨﺮ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪T162‬‬ ‫‪C305‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪T131‬‬ ‫‪C191‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﻳﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪T154‬‬ ‫‪C266‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﺯﻥ ﮔﻴﻠﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪BS4551‬‬
‫‪T137‬‬ ‫‪C185‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪T129‬‬ ‫‪C187‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪T132‬‬ ‫‪C190‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪393‬‬ ‫‪C348‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪T106‬‬ ‫‪C109‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ )ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻲ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪1. Blain Test‬‬
‫‪2. Wagner Turbidimeter‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٨٠‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪393‬‬ ‫‪R679‬‬ ‫‪C349‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ )ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻱ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪C243‬‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪394‬‬ ‫‪C186‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪BS4550‬‬
‫‪391‬‬ ‫‪T107‬‬ ‫‪C151‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻛﻼﻭ )ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪C157‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪C452‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻼﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪C806‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪C596‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٨٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٥-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪BS882‬‬ ‫‪M-85‬‬
‫‪C33‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪302‬‬ ‫‪BS1201‬‬ ‫‪M-6‬‬
‫‪BS4619‬‬ ‫‪C637‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪BS3797‬‬
‫‪BS877‬‬ ‫‪M195‬‬ ‫‪C330‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪BS1165‬‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬ ‫‪T2‬‬ ‫‪D75‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪BS3681‬‬
‫‪C295‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻨﮓﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪447‬‬ ‫‪T27‬‬ ‫‪C136‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪T255‬‬ ‫‪C566‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪T142‬‬ ‫‪C70‬‬ ‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٦٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS812‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T19‬‬ ‫‪C29‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ )ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪611‬‬ ‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪T85‬‬ ‫‪C127‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪578‬‬ ‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪1086‬‬ ‫‪T84‬‬ ‫‪C128‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻨﮕﺬﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪449‬‬ ‫‪T104‬‬ ‫‪C88‬‬ ‫ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪578‬‬ ‫‪C682‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪BS812‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪669‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪T21‬‬ ‫‪C40‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪T71‬‬ ‫‪C87‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪446‬‬ ‫‪T11‬‬ ‫‪C117‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٧٥) ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪T113‬‬ ‫‪C123‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪1. Unit Weight‬‬
‫‪2. Impact Crushing‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٨٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪T112‬‬ ‫‪C142‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪299‬‬ ‫‪C144‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪C235‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ )ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪C227‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺕ(‬
‫‪C1260‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ )ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪C289‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ )ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪C586‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪C342‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪BS1377‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪Test9‬‬
‫‪BS812‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬
‫‪T260‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪Part6‬‬
‫‪1. Soft Particles‬‬
‫‪٦٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٦-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪D1129‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪D511‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪T26‬‬ ‫‪D1293‬‬ ‫‪ pH‬ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪D1067‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪D1888‬‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪D512‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪BS1377‬‬
‫‪D516‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Test10‬‬
‫‪BS3148‬‬ ‫‪T26‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٨٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٧-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS5075‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M194‬‬ ‫‪C494‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪M154‬‬ ‫‪C260‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪M295‬‬ ‫‪C618‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M144‬‬ ‫‪D98‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M302‬‬ ‫‪C989‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪M307‬‬ ‫‪C1240‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪C1017‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪1. Chemical Admixtures‬‬
‫‪2. Fly Ash‬‬
‫‪3. Ground Granutated Blast Furnace Slag‬‬
‫‪4. Silica Fume‬‬
‫‪5. Flowing Concrete‬‬
‫‪٦٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪C1059‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪T143‬‬ ‫‪D345‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪T157‬‬ ‫‪C233‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺴﺎﺯ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪C311‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺯﻭﻻﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶﺯﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪C441‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٨٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٨-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫‪DIN‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪488‬‬
‫*‪RC2‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪488‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻢ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫*‪RC3‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪488‬‬
‫*‪RC4‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻢ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫*‪RC5‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻴﺮ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫*‪RC6‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪488‬‬
‫*‪RC7‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Part7‬‬
‫‪488‬‬
‫*‪RC8‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪RILEM – CEB - FIB‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٩٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ٩-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS1920‬‬ ‫‪M157‬‬ ‫‪C94‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M148‬‬ ‫‪C309‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪M171‬‬ ‫‪C171‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M241‬‬ ‫‪C685‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪489‬‬ ‫‪T141‬‬ ‫‪C172‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪C1385‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪581‬‬ ‫‪T126‬‬ ‫‪C192‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪T23‬‬ ‫‪C31‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪T119‬‬ ‫‪C143‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ )ﺍﺳﻼﻣﭗ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪1. Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing‬‬
‫‪٦٩١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺴﻨﺠﻲ ﻭﻱ ‪ -‬ﭘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪511‬‬ ‫‪C360‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ )ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪T121‬‬ ‫‪C138‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪T196‬‬ ‫‪C173‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C231‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ )ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪Part2‬‬
‫‪T158‬‬ ‫‪C232‬‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪T157‬‬ ‫‪C403‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺵ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪C827‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪1. Kelly Ball‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٩٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪C156‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻞﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪C1064‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪C1079‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٩٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٠ - ٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C617‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪T22‬‬ ‫‪C39‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C116‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ) ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻱ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬
‫‪D684‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C496‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫‪490‬‬ ‫‪C78‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪BS340‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪BS368‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫‪T177‬‬ ‫‪C293‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C490‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻚﺷﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪525‬‬ ‫‪C469‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬
‫‪٦٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C215‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﺸﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬
‫‪C801‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪C512‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C341‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C642‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬
‫‪C457‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﭙﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C1084‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪Part6‬‬
‫‪C666‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪C671‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﹼﺴﺎﻉ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪C418‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪C779‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪C672‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪C234‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪C823‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٩٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫‪C42‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻐﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬
‫‪BS4408‬‬
‫‪C805‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪Part4‬‬
‫‪C803‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪BS4409‬‬
‫‪C597‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪Part5‬‬
‫‪C900‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪C1152‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻠﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪C1218‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻠﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪C1202‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪BS1881‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪Part6‬‬
‫‪BS4408‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪Part1‬‬
‫‪BS4408‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪Part3‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٦٩٨‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١١-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪M20‬‬ ‫‪D946‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺭﺩﻩﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M81‬‬ ‫‪D2028‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪M82‬‬ ‫‪D2027‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪D2026‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪M140‬‬ ‫‪D977‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪M208‬‬ ‫‪D2397‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪M226‬‬ ‫‪D3381‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺭﺩﻩﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪M239‬‬ ‫‪D2521‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪R5-89‬‬ ‫‪D3628‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪D2399‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪D5710‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﺮﻱﺗﻴﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪D5976‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ I‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪D5840‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ II‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪1. Oxidized Petroleum Asphalt‬‬
‫‪٦٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪D5841‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ III‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪D5892‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ IV‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪D6114‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪D6154‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪T40‬‬ ‫‪D140‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪T44‬‬ ‫‪D2042‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻱﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪T47‬‬ ‫‪D6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪T48‬‬ ‫‪D92‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻮﻟﻨﺪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪T49‬‬ ‫‪D5‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T50‬‬ ‫‪D139‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪T51‬‬ ‫‪D113‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪T53‬‬ ‫‪D2398‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﻥ )ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ( ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﮔﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪T55‬‬ ‫‪D95‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪T59‬‬ ‫‪D244‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪1. Float Test‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٠٠‬‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T72‬‬ ‫‪D88‬‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪T73‬‬ ‫‪D93‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪T78‬‬ ‫‪D402‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪T79‬‬ ‫‪D1310‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٩٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ )‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪T102‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻜﻪ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪T111‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻟﻲ( ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪T115‬‬ ‫‪D86‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪T170‬‬ ‫‪D1856‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺑﺴﻮﻥ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪T179‬‬ ‫‪D1754‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪T240‬‬ ‫‪D2872‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﻭّﺍﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪T201‬‬ ‫‪D2170‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪1. Saybolt‬‬
‫‪2. Spot Test‬‬
‫‪3. Abson‬‬
‫‪4. Rolling Thin Film of Asphalt‬‬
‫‪٧٠١‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T202‬‬ ‫‪D2171‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ )ﻭﺍﻛﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﻼﺭﻱ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪T228‬‬ ‫‪D70‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺳﺨﺖ )ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪D5545‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻗﻴﺮﺁﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪D2995‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﺵ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪D6084‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻤﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪D3143‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪D3297‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ )ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻴﻨﻬﺎ( ﺑﺎ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﭙﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻝ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪D4887‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫‪D4124‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪D5546‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺣﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻠﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻥ ‪١-١-١‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬
‫‪D3142‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪D3205‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖﺳﻨﺞ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ – ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪1. Vacum Capillary Viscometer‬‬
‫‪2. 1,1,1- Trichloro Ethane‬‬
‫‪3. Cone and Plate Viscometer‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٠٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٢-٢٥‬ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪M156‬‬ ‫‪D995‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪M303‬‬ ‫‪C1097‬‬ ‫ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪D3910‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪R-14‬‬ ‫‪D4552‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪D3515‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪D4215‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪D5360‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪D5505‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪T168‬‬ ‫‪D979‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪D5361‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪T110‬‬ ‫‪D1461‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪T164‬‬ ‫‪D2172‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪1. Slurry Seal‬‬
‫‪2. Extraction‬‬
‫‪٧٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪T165‬‬ ‫‪D1075‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪T166‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪T167‬‬ ‫‪D1074‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪T172‬‬ ‫‪D290‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪T195‬‬ ‫‪D2489‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T209‬‬ ‫‪D2041‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﻳﺲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪T230‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪T245‬‬ ‫‪D1559‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪T246‬‬ ‫‪D1560‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﻳﻢ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪D5581‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪T247‬‬ ‫‪D1561‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪T269‬‬ ‫‪D3203‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪1. Rice Method‬‬
‫‪2. Hveem‬‬
‫‪3. Dense Grade‬‬
‫‪4. Open Grade‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٠٤‬‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪T270‬‬ ‫‪D5148‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻔﻮﮊ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪T275‬‬ ‫‪D1188‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻓﻴﻦ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪T283‬‬ ‫‪D4867‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪D2726‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪D4469‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪D3387‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪D3496‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪D3497‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪D4123‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪D3637‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪D5404‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪D3202‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪1. Centrifuge Keroseen Equiualent‬‬
‫‪2. Gyratory Testing Machin‬‬
‫‪3. Resilient Modulous‬‬
‫‪4. Rotary Evaporator‬‬
‫‪٧٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫‪AASHTO‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫‪D5624‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪D3625‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻜﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪D4887‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪٧٠٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ١٣-٢٥‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪DIN‬‬ ‫‪ANSI‬‬ ‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪1381‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪1375‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪1374‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭼﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪1761‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫‪1764‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪1645‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪1383‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭼﻜﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪1136‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻙ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪1377‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﺶ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪(EN)471‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪Z87.1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪Z49.1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎ‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪A10.11‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪٧٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪DIN‬‬ ‫‪ANSI‬‬ ‫‪ISO‬‬ ‫‪BSI‬‬ ‫‪ASTM‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪A10.14‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪Z88.2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪53-34‬‬ ‫‪5349‬‬ ‫‪DD43‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪24081‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻃﻼﻉﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪6912‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪A10.12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪A10.16‬‬ ‫‪6164‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻧﻠﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪A10.13‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪A10.17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪A10.27‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪A10.11‬‬ ‫‪5607‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪A10.9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪873‬‬ ‫‪D4956‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﺮﻧﮓ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬